You are on page 1of 344

LUXEN1,2 / STVF7

INSTALLATION &
MAINTENANCE GUIDE BOOK

NOTICE
1) This guidebook is for the use of mechanical part of
LUXEN1,2 /STVF7 Type Elevator Only.
2) This guidebook does not cover safety related subjects.
3) Contact us for your detail queries which this guidebook
dose not cover.

Apr. 23 . 2012
▪ CONTENTS ▪

1. LUXEN1 (MECHANICAL) Manual

2. LUXEN2 (MECHANICAL) Manual

3. LUXEN1,2(JC)Door System Installation Manual

4. The description of MRL TM assembling

5. STVF7 Adjustment Manual

6. STVF7 HHT Manual(Rev-1)

7. STVF7 Trouble Manual(Ver1)

8. HIVD900 Type Inverter

HYUNDAI ELEVATOR CO., LTD.


LUXEN1
I N S TA L L AT I O N
MANUAL

HYUNDAI ELEVATOR CO., LTD


INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL )

Catalog
1.Summary
1.1 Introduction........................................................ 1
1.2 Elevator system overview............................................ 1
1.3 Construction........................................................ 3
1.4 Installation document............................................... 5

2.Safety
2.1 Introduction........................................................ 6
2.2 Personal protective equipment....................................... 6
2.3 Safety equipment.................................................... 7
2.4 Safety control...................................................... 8

3.Preparing installation
3.1 Introduction....................................................... 10
3.2 Preparation........................................................ 10
3.3 Job site investigation............................................. 10
3.4 Materials.......................................................... 10
3.5 Start installation................................................. 12

4.Scaffold
4.1 Instruction........................................................ 13
4.2 Safety............................................................. 13
4.3 Tools.............................................................. 13
4.4 Installation process............................................... 14
4.5 Check items........................................................ 15

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- I -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL )

5.Template
5.1 Introduction....................................................... 16
5.2 Safety............................................................. 16
5.3 Tools.............................................................. 16
5.4 Template material.................................................. 16
5.5 Template installation.............................................. 17
5.6 Template installation check standard............................... 20

6.Entrance part
6.1 Introduction....................................................... 22
6.2 Safety............................................................. 22
6.3 Landing sill....................................................... 22

7.Hoistway parts
7.1 Introduction...................................................... 23
7.2 Safety............................................................ 23
7.3 Guide rail bracket................................................ 23
7.4 Guide rail........................................................ 29
7.5 Anchor bolt....................................................... 34
7.6 Buffer............................................................ 36

8.Machine room
8.1 Introduction...................................................... 37
8.2 Safety............................................................ 38
8.3 Machine beam...................................................... 38
8.4 Cushion rubber.................................................... 42
8.5 Traction machine and machine base................................ 43
8.6 Governor......................................................... 50
8.7 Control panel.................................................... 52

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- II -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL )

9. Car part
9.1 Introduction..................................................... 53
9.2 Safety........................................................... 53
9.3 Car frame........................................................ 53
9.4 Car assembly..................................................... 59
9.5 Car door operator and car door................................... 61
9.6 Locate governor position......................................... 62
9.8 Compensation device.............................................. 63

10. Wire rope


10.1 mMin rope....................................................... 67

11. Working without scaffold


11.1 Install part of template and install buffer beam................ 70
11.2 Install bottom car rail and CWT rail............................ 70
11.3 Install temporary frame......................................... 71
11.4 Install crosshead............................................... 72
11.5 Machine room work............................................... 73
11.6 Wire rope....................................................... 73
11.7 Landing part.................................................... 73
11.8 Other guide rails............................................... 74
11.9 Main rope....................................................... 74

Appendix............................................................... 75

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- III -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

1. Summary

1.1 Introduction
This manual is used for installing elevators manufactured by Hyundai
Elevator Co.,Ltd by the way of using scaffold.
Hyundai Elevator is based on VVVF control, we choose most reliable and
effective way to give our customer more wide and special services.

1.2 Elevator System Overview


Fig 1-1 shows whole elevator system and gives each parts’ name.

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 1 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

machine
control panel
receiving box

wireway

wireway in governor
hatchway

main rope
car roof
junction box

Emergency car emergency


lamp opening
car illumination car door operator

car
leveling
device

car operation
board

middle junction box


(only be set more than 16
stops) safety gear

car door sill

cable hanger

indicator for stop

jamb
hall buttons

hatch sill

governor tension
限速器张紧轮
pulley
pit switch Counterweight
rail
pit junction Counterweight
box buffer

car rail
car buffer

Fig 1-1 the part names of elevator system

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 2 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

1.3 Construction(Builder will take charge)

Builder should work in accordance with Hyundai elevator CO., LTD drawing
and request. The requests in the parenthesis are from ASME A17.1.

1.3.1 Layout working

1.3.1.1 Hoistway

1) Clear hoistway wall according to related request.


2) There should be 75°guard for all tubers and concaves except for load
and unload.
3) Set up ventilation holes in hoistway according to related codes.
4) Set up guide rail bracket support at each floor and machine room. These
support should keep enough vertical space to install rail bracket. Each
floor there should be bearing beam for rail bracket.
5) Set up holes for hall button and signal device.
6) Balustrade should be prepared between outside of hoistway and inside.
7) Desiccate pit to increase pit floor strength against guide rail and
buffer impact force.
8) Confirm inspection hole and pit position according to hoistway
entrance. Vertical ladder must be higher than inspection door by 1060mm.
9) Wall and floor at entrance should be fixed after jamb and landing sill
are installed. Jamb will be welded with steel prepared at entrance side.
10) Keep at least 64mm deep hole for landing sill, and after sill is
installed, fill with cement.
11) For safety, when elevator is panoramic, glass cover should be more than
3.6m. For outdoor panoramic elevator, glass should cover the total
height.
1.3.1.2 Machine Room

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 3 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

1) Machine room should be closed to others.


2) Enter machine room according to process of rules.
3) Before mechanical parts arrive, machine room concrete plate and
balustrade should not be put on hoistway.
4) Enter machine room or move device by using hoist beam or trapdoor.
5) Cable safety device are placed at machine room or second floor.
6) Conform position of machine base and machine beam.

1.3.2 Electric device

1.3.2.1 Hoistway
1) Hoistway(or machine room) receptacle refer to Hyundai related electric
manual.
2) Pit receptacle , lamp and switch should be near inspection door.
3) Duct and conduit for emergency bell , interphone and monitor system
should be arranged in hoistway and outside machine room
1.3.2.2 Machine room

1) Install lightening device, power socket, ventilation and enough


mechanical space.
2) Temperature of machine room should be lower than 40℃ controlled by fan
or air-condition. If needed, humidity should be lower than 90%
3) Beside machine room door, arrange brakes or brake switch for each
elevator and lamp switch.
4) Connect each wiring cable with control panel, including main cable
switch and power socket.
5) Car door operator should have appropriate system, including braker or
brake switch.
6) Prepare temporary power supply when elevator is installed and test

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 4 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

running.
1.3.2.3 Emergency strategy

1) Fire control, emergency circuit, automatic fire extinguishing system


or smoke and heat sensor should be connected with control panel.
2) If emergency running is needed, Hyundai could be contacted to cooperate
with.
3) Fire control and emergency device maybe different in different
countries. Hyundai or local supplier could be contacted.
4) Ask Hyundai for help if there is special quakeproof request.
1.4 Installation document

Workers must be aware of the whole process of installation and read below
documents carefully before start working.
1) Construction instruction
2) Sold bill
3) Installation
4) Mechanical and Electric drawing
5) Installation sequence
6) Operation manual
7) Local working procedure
8) Packing list
9) Other parameters in contract:
- Emergency power system
- Fire sensor
- Earthquake sensor
- Security system
- Fireproof system

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 5 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

2. Safety

2.1 Introduction
Elevator installation is mostly high altitude operation and heavy
transport. The process is full of hazard. Workers must wear personal
protective equipment and receive safety training.

2.2 Personal protective equipment


2.2.1 Uniform
Wear working uniform.
2.2.2 Safety shoes
Wear safety shoes when deal with heavy equipment and other
construction work。
2.2.3 Helmet
Wear safety helmet to escape from dropping hazard。
2.2.4 Safety lanyard
See Figure 2-1,wear safety lanyard to prevent workers from falling。

Eye bolt Anchor bolt

Lanyard hook

Entrance
wall

Fig 2-1 Safety Lanyard

2.2.5 Safety glasses

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 6 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

Wear safety glasses when use impact drill or work on welding.

2.3 Safety equipment


2.3.1 Safety warning sign
Set safety warning sign on hall
opening hole to prevent others falling.

Fig2-2 Safety warning sign


2.3.2 Safety screen
Set up firm steel screen every 5~6m
between each scaffold

2.3.3 Scaffold plate Fig 2-3 Safety screen

Scaffold plate is used for worker


standing, it should have enough strength
against workers’ weight.

Fig 2-4 Scaffold plate

2.4 Safety control

2.4.1 Safety manual

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 7 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

All workers need to take portable manual and show the manual when safety
inspector has request for it.
2.4.2 Safety 5 rules

Safety 5 rules

1. Safety first
2. Health
3. Sort and Straighten
4. Inspection and Maintenance
5. Safety Operation

2.4.3 Insist on safety inspection diary


1) PM or inspector should do safety inspection diary before each day ’s

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 8 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

work.
2)Once discover any potential danger,must correct it right away and make
a record in the sheet of “Suggestion of this week and Important safety
event”
3) Each inspector should hand in the safety inspection diary to safety
department or related department. These departments should consult the
material and feedback instantly.

2.4.4 Insistently record “Safety and Health education diary”


1) PM or inspector should train the workers and make a record of “Safety

and Health education diary” (Appendix 2)。


2) Hand in the inspection diary to safety department or related department
periodically. These departments should consult the material and
feedback instantly

2.4.5 Improvement report


After receive improve suggestion, inspector should take measures and hand
in improvement report. (Appendix 3)

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 9 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

3. Preparing Installation
3.1 Introduction
Installation date refer to hoistway finishing date. PM or engineer should
inspect jobsite and confirm installation date with builder. PM should check
installation scheme drawing, instruction manual, installation sequence,
tools and so on.
3.2 Preparation
3.2.1 Prepare drawing, instruction manual, sequence sheet, layout drawing and
so on for workers to consult.
3.2.2 List and prepare tools for installation.
3.2.3 PM should prepare installation plan.(Sheet 3.1)。
3.3 Jobsite investigation
3.3.1 Confirm installation date with builder.
3.3.2 Check power supply.
3.3.3 Check installation plan.
3.3.4 If needed, builder will decide and provide site office and depot.
3.3.5 Check building situation according to installation drawing。
(Figure 3-1)
3.4 Materials
According to system pack and transport elevator parts.
For example:Packing list as Sheet 3-1 :
Sheet 3-1 Packing
Contents Trunk No.
1) Guide rail 1
2) Machine room parts 2,3
3) Hoistway and machine room parts 4,5,6
4) Car parts 7
5) Machine room, hoistway, pit, landing, car frame 8,9
6) Car door parts 10
7) Entrance parts 11,12

Notice: Trunk dimension will increase when parts are more than standard, for example:
Guide rails, landing doors.

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 10 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

Lead by PM, transport the parts to depot or jobsite and notice that do
not to destroy the parts

* Check below point according to


c d

installation scheme: f
e
a
o
a. Machine room height b
n
b. Traction hole
g
c. Ventilation
d. Crane hook i
h
e. Channels and stairway to machine
room
f. Machine room entrance door and lock
g. Machine beam strength
h. Open position for signal device
l
i. Overhead height
j. Floor quantity and floor height
k. Depth and waterproof of pit. Clean
the pit
l. Height of hoistway
m. Power supply
n. Holes for duct and conduit
k
o. Machine room walls for Machine beam
p. Hoistway dimension (width *depth)

Figure3-1 Jobsite investigation

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 11 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

3.5 Start installation

3.5.1 Prepare site office and depot


Generally builder will prepare site office and depot according to
contract. No matter which side prepare them, they should notice that :

1) Size of site office and depot should follow the request.


2) Burglarproof door is needed.
3) There is no fire or water risk for site office and depot.

3.5.2 Set up Safety Warning Sign


Set Safety Warning Sign at each landing door hole according to below
methods and standards before installation.
1) Set Safety Warning Sign as Figure 3-2.
2) Distance between Safety Warning Sign and sill end is 20~30mm.
3) Sign bracket should extend landing hole more than 50mm on both
side.(Figure3-2)
4) Fix top two points of sign to the wall,
it will not get deformed or moving
when take outside force.
5) Warning should face the hall and be
level set.
6) Warning Sign should be wider when
opening width is more than 1400mm or
vertical opening.
7) Remove Warning Signs after landing
doors are installed. Figure3.2 Safety Warning Sign

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 12 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

4. Scaffold

4.1 Instruction
Use steel pipe and jig to install scaffold. A scaffold is a temporary
platform for workers installing elevator parts, such as rail brackets,
landing door and so on.

4.2 Safety
4.2.1 Scaffold must be made following PM command.
4.2.2 Materials for scaffold must be standard parts.
4.2.3 Before install scaffold plate, they should be inspected to see if there
is any crack and repair them.
4.2.4 Check safety screen and repair any broken or disjoint point.

4.3 Tools

 Hammer
 Ratchet wrench : 17, 19 (mm)
 Wrench: 17, 19 (mm)

* Wrench is optional.

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 13 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

4.4 Installation process

1) Put appropriate plate


(substrate)at pit(Figure 4-1,A)

2) Making the first level frame at


1m above pit and set each frame
by 1.5m

3) Fix level and vertical frame by


joint jig.

4) If frame is shaking, use pole to


make the frame stable(4 point

Space of screen
each pole)

5) After frame is finished, set


scaffold plate and safety
screen.
Space

PIT

Figure 4-1 Scaffold installation

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 14 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

6) (Figure 4-2)Prevent rail bracket and landing sill from interference.

CWT rail center

Scaffold

CAR rail center

Landing sill end

图 4-2 Scaffold standard

4.5 Check items

1) Check scaffold material’s crack and deformation.


2) Check each joint point’s degree of tightness.
3) Check if the scaffold is swaying
4) Check substrate.
5) Check stability.
6) Check strength and safety screen stability.

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 15 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

5. Template

5.1 Introduction
Making each base line according to standard layout drawing. There
are two kinds of templates. Top template is on hoistway ceiling; Bottom
template is at pit. If WOS(Without scaffold) way is adopt, top template is
below machine room, bottom template is still at pit.

5.2 Safety
Notice below safety events:
5.2.1 Clear all objects which have falling hazard.
5.2.2 Check opening hole safety screen and safety device installation
status.
5.2.3 Clear all bulges or easy falling objects.
5.2.4 Making top and bottom template separately.

5.3 Tools
 Water pipe  Pistol  Impact drill
drill
 Welding  Hammer  Driving tool
machine
 Gradienter  Tape  Calculator
measure
 Angle  Ink
square(30mm) marker

5.4 Template material


Square wood stick or C channel steel.
5.4.1 C Channel steel
Adopt #20,#30,#60 or bigger, thickness 2.3mm C Channel steel

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 16 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

5.4.2 Square wood


Square wood Size should be more than70mm*12mm.

5.4.3 Square wood


Bottom template use square wood more than 70mm*70mm
5.4.4 Square wood
Top template below machine room should be more than 70mm*5mm when working
Without scaffold.

5.5 Template installation

The process includes making template, installing support and marking.


Notise two kinds of installing way: with scaffold and without scaffold.
This section is for working with scaffold, working without scaffold refer
to section 11.

5.5.1 Making the template


Working with scaffold, marking guide rail position is needed:
1) Set entrance, car and cwt template, and mark a central position.
2) Marking a central point of template for entrance, car and cwt
template.(Figure 5-1)
3) Calculate template dimention based on central point. Guide rail bracket
basic hole position is needed.
4) Drill 1mm hole for marking and check all related holes.。

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 17 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

CAR CW T center

CW T rail center
R: Rail height+8mm

CAR rail center


R: Rail height+8mm

Car sill end

图 5-1 Template installation(With scaffold)

Attention:8mm=line thickness 3mm+ distance to ink line 5mm

5.5.2 Template support works


It includes top and bottom templates.
1) Drill long hole of 2-14*36 on angle iron for anchor bolt.

Long hole

Figure 5-2 Template support

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 18 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

2) Put angle iron on selected Marking line


Template
position and mark on hoistway support

wall.(Figure 5-3) Anchor


bolt hole

Top floor
3) Set angle iron upper surface
right to the ink line, aim at
hole and drill hole on the
wall.(Figure 5-3)
Entrance side wall CWT side wall
4) Adjust iron level and use anchor
bolt fixing the iron on the Figure 5-3 Marking
wall.
5) Put C Channel steel on fixed angle Template
Entrance
iron and check the level degree.
Car sill CAR CWT

7) Attention:Do not touch ink line


C Channel
6)
when fix the C Channel steel.
Template
Anchor support
8) Same way to set bottom template 1m bolt
Pit
above pit floor .
7) Bottom template should hold workers and
Figure5-4 Bottom support
other heavy things.

5.5.3 Template installation


Entrance line
1) Temporarily fix plumb line
2) Adjust top and bottom template Entrance Floor

to make distance between line


and entrance wall more than Hoistway wall

155mm(1SCO) or 195(2SSO)

Figure5-5 Entrance clearance

Car center
3) Check A,B,C and fix

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 19 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

template.(Figre 5-6)

Temporary
line

4) After entrance template is fixed,


fix car and cwt template.(Figure
5-7)

5) Check entrance, car and cwt


template distance, level degree CWT rail
center
and main dimension , and then weld
each joint.(Figure 5-7) Car rail
center

6) Install bottom template as 4)5)


Car sill end

7) Fix base line and pull it down to Figure5-7 Template fixed dimension

bottom template then pull all


lines tight.

5.6 Template installation check standard

5.6.1 Top template support(with scaffold)


1) Top template should be installed 2m below ceiling slab.
2) Material: bigger than L90*90*6 angle iron or 90mm*50mm wood.
3) Set at least two template support on both front and rear wall. Marking
on the wall to fix support on right position.
4) Use gradienter to check level degree after support is fixed on

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 20 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

the wall.

5.6.2 Bottom template support


1) Bottom support should be 1m above pit floor.
2) Material: bigger than L90*90*6 angle iron or 90mm*50mm wood.
3) Use gradienter to check level degree after support is fixed on
the wall.

5.6.3 Template location dimention

1) Confirm position according to layout drawing.


2) When confirm first entrance template, also should check car and cwt
position and measure hoistway to locate correct position.
3) Entrance, car and cwt template centers deviation should be within 0.5mm
4) Keep each template good level degree.

5.6.4 Template installation


1) Check gradient main items’ dimension within 0.5mm.
2) Welding should be stable. If use wood scaffold, keep it strong enough
to hold weight.
3) Check dimension again after welding work.

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 21 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

6.Entrance part

6.1 intruduction
Installation process refer to different opening dimension and open type.

6.2 Safety
6.2.1 Pay attention to fire hidden danger caused by welding
6.2.2 Clear the jobsite to avoid fire danger
6.2.3 Keep enough for workers when pile up things in hoistway.
6.2.4 Others(2. safety)

6.3 Landing sill


Landing sill is installed at each floor entrance as base of landing part,
it guides landing door slidingin slot and prevent landing door from departing.
6.3.1 Tools

 Gradienter  Square  Tape measure


 Hammer  Wrench  Pipe
 Driving tool  Ruler (150mm)  Ink marker
 Welding  Impact drill
machine

6.3.2 Installation(Refer to 《Door system installation manual》)

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 22 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

7. Hoistway parts

7.1 Introduction
Hoistway parts are very important to car running quality. They must be
installed correctly.

7.2 Safety
7.2.1 Protective equipment
Safety uniform, helmet, lanyard, safety shoes, safety glasses
7.2.2 Check safety device before work
Safety screen, scaffold, safety warning sign
7.2.3 Watch out for sundries when working in hoistway.
7.2.4 Watch out for fire hidden danger when working on welding.

7.3 Guide rail bracket


7.3.1 Tools
 Welding machine  Impact drill  17mm wrench
 Ink marker  Hammer  19mm wrench
 Square  Driving tools  20mm wrench
 Tape measure  G clamp  21mm wrench

*注:17mm,19mm wrench for P8-15;20mm,21mm wrench for P17 above。

7.3.2 Car guide rail bracket measurement


1) Measurement should base on basic line.
2) Confirm bracket position before measurement according to layout
drawing。(7.3.5)
3) Two people as a team,marking on hoistway wall. Each line should be level,

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 23 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

and space between each level refer to layout drawing.


4) Measure distance from basic line on the wall to basic line(H).(Figure
7-1)

Car rail bracket line


Wall

Car rail line

Square

Figure 7-1 Measure distance of bracket(H)

5) Bracket length should be longer than measurement.


6) Record dimension in sheet of Appendix 5 and hand in to related person.

7.3.3 CWT rail bracket measurement


1) Do as 7.3.2 1)~3)。
2) As Figure 7-2 , Measure
Wall
dimension(H)。 CWT rail line

3) Bracket length should be 10mm Square

less than measurement.


CWT rail bracket line

4) Record dimension in sheet of


Appendix 5 and hand in to related person Figure 7.2 Measure H

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 24 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

表 7-1 Rail bracket measurement report


Project No. Project Name Type and Quantity Company P.M Manager

Rail (Kg) A B C
2(TD58) 50 58 16
5 60 78 16.4
8 56 78 10
13 62 89 16
18 89 114 16
24 89 127 16
Block( ) E/L No.( ) Rail clip: Fixed ( ) Slide ( )
Position: Tel:
Block( ) E/L No.( )
Bracket CAR CWT CAR CWT
Remark
No. Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
29
30
P.M :

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 25 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

7.3.4 Rail bracksts installation


1) Installation is from pit
2) Rail bracket includes first and second bracket. Fix first bracket on
the wall with anchor bolt and weld the second bracket.
3) Put first bracket on the wall and fit for basic line(Figure 7 -3)
4) mark center of first bracket on the wall。

Line 2nd rail


bracket
Anchor bolt
Wall hole

First rail
bracket Anchor bolt

Figure7-4 Adjust bracket


Figure7-3 Locate and fix anchor bolt

5) Drill hole on marking point and fix anchor bolt.


6) Use bolt set to fix first bracket and adjust tightness for second bracket
7) Fix both sides of car and CWT then next position.
8) Set second bracket as Figure 7-4, on first bracket. Cwt bracket as
Figure7-6
9) Make second bracket center aim at basic line and adjust level degree
and verticality. (Figure 7-4)
10) After adjustment, use G clamp keep two bracket and weld or fix with
bolt set.
11) 7-5&7-6 Make sure welding height is more than 3mm.

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 26 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

Min 50mm
Anchor bolt

Bracket line
1 st bracket Bracket line

Rail line
Rail line
1 st bracket

2 nd bracket

2 nd bracket

Figure7-5 Car rail bracket Figure7-6 Cwt rail bracket

12) Remove G clamp and check welding or fixing status.

Attention:
1) Clear sundries of hoistway.
2) Installation is from pit,after one level of car and cwt bracket and then
next level.
3) Check if anchor bolt is tight.
4) Insure welding height and do not break the basic line

7.3.5 Rail bracket location position


1) First level rail bracket is 1500mm above pit floor
2) Then each 2500mm space install one level bracket(Figure 7-7)
3) Make datum line on the hoistway wall except entrance wall.
4) Set bracket according to layout drawing.
5) When fix second bracket, keep 10mm space from wall.

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 27 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

6) Keep 3mm space from second bracket to basic line for liner of
installation
7) Insure there are 300~500mm from ceiling slab to top of guide rail
bracket.
8) Install all parts according to basic line.(Figure7-4 & 7-5)

Machine room

Fix at jobsite

Space
Basic line
Three walls

1500mm Pit

Figure 7-7 Rail bracket location

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 28 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

7.4 Guide rail


The quality of elevator mostly depends on the installing Condition of rail
bracket and guide Rails, thus the related works should Be carried according
to the given instruction.
7.4.1 SPEC
Sheet7-2 Guide rail (单位:mm)

Guide
A B C L
rail(Kg)
2(TD58) 50 58 16 5000
5 60 78 16.4 5000
8 56 78 10 5000
13 62 89 16 5000
18 89 114 16 5000
24 89 127 16 5000

 Detail see Figure7-8。

7.4.2 Tools:

 Crane  Hammer  19mm wrench


 Chain wheel  30mm wrench  Square
 Rail gauge  24mm wrench  Rail planer
 Ruler(150mm)  17mm wrench  Thickness gauge

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 29 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

7.4.3 Installation
1) Clean the end of rail.
Wire rope

2) Use cleanser to clean rail surface. Hook

3) Temporarily joint one end of rail and

fish plate。(Figure7-9)
4) Use hook to connect the fish plate Guide Fish plate
rail
and use crane to carry rail to
hoistway.Figure7-9

Rail length

Figure7-9 Move guide rail in hoistway

5) Two people as a team, one hold the top and the other hold the bottom
of rail.
6) Install rail from hoistway bottom. Bottom end sits on buffer beam.
Keep 80mm from the end of rail and pit floor, then fix it with rail
clip and bolts. (Figure 7-10)
Rail Buffer beam

Buffer beam

Fish plate
Max. 80mm
From pit

Figure7-10 Rail installation at pit

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 30 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

7) Put rail on first and second level rail bracket and fix them.Rail should
meet basic line and adjust the dimension according to Figure 7-5
8) Install other rails as above.
9) See Figure 7-11 and measured distance of guide rail(“BG” for short),
and check straightness.

Car

Figure 7-11 Check guide rail

* CAR BG:Distance between car guide rails(Layout drawing)


* CAT BG:Distance between counter weight guide rails (Layout drawing)

10) Install cwt guide rails by the same way.


11) As 4)~10)install other rails of 12),13).
12) Pay attention to different end of guide rail
13) Assemble rails and fish plates.(Figure 7-9)

7.4.4 Adjusting and centering

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 31 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

1) Use planr adjust joint,gap as sheet 7-4:


Sheet7-4 Gap criterion

Plan Car guide CWT guide Rail planer Rail


length(mm) rail rail

(A) ≥150mm ≥100mm

Figure 7-12 Ajust guide rail

2) Use liner to adjust the gap


3) Adjust straightness of rail by wrench or re-assemble the rails according
to basic line.
4) If rail is not straight, disassemble rail and use hammer to knock on
rail but not make any crack.
5) Discuss with experienced workers to find better ways.
6) Adjust rail to criterion.
7.4.5 Criterion
Base on basic line and do as bellow.
1) Measure BG(Distance between rails)

Car

CWT

Figure 7-13 Measure BG

2) Joint of rail: each side should be straight and meet Sheet7-5


(Figure7-14)

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 32 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

Sheet 7-5 Gap range (mm)

Speed 30~60m/min 90m/min 105m/min

Car rail gap 0.03 0.02 0.02

CWT rail gap 0.05 0.05 0.05

Gap

Figure7-14 Check the gap

3) Use rail gauge to measure the gap as Figure 7-15

Rail gauge

Steel wire Elastic wire

Figure7-15 Check rail angle deviation

Attention:Keep guage level and check two points of each rail

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 33 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

4) Figure 7-16 , use square to check distortion and excursion of rail


center.

Rail center

Square

(Y: Rail head width/2)

Figure 7-16 Measure distortion and excurtion

5) Check liners
6) Check top rail status and dimension of ceiling slab of hoistway to end
of rail.
7) Follow1) to6) to check every rail and adjust as 7.4.4.

7.5 Anchor bolt


7.5.1 Appearance
Bolt、 plain washer、spring
washer and so on,as Figure 7-17。 Length

Figure7-17 Anchor bolt

7.5.2 Operation process and criterion


1) Figure 7-18 Put drill in impact drill。

Figure 7-18 Drill


2) Mark hole depth on the drill。
3) Keep shaft smoothly。

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 34 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

4) Drill to marked depth。


5) Depth refer to Sheet 7-6。

Sheet 7-6 Anchor bolt spec (Unit:mm)

Types (A) (B) (D) Depth of Hole


M10 D14.2 70 D14.5 45±2
M12 D17.3 100 D18 55±2
M16 D21.7 120 D22 65±2
M20 D27.2 200 D28 105±3

*Dimension refer to Figure 7-17 &7-18

6) Incert anchor bolt as Figure 7-19


7) Locate driving tool and use hammer to knock in the bolt.

Driving tool

Hammer

Anchor bolt

Figure 7-19 Fix anchor bolt

*Pay attention to the structure in the wall(Reinforcing steel bar)

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 35 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

7.6 Buffer

7.6.1 Tools
 20mm wrench  Gradienter  Ink marker  Tape measure

7.6.2 Process
1) Clear pit floor before installation
2) Put car and cwt in pit and mark on center position.
3) Put buffer beam in pit according to marking line.(Figure 7-20)

Entrance Hole for buffer

CAR rail center

Car buffer beam

Car and CWT center

Hole for buffer


CWT rail center

Cwt buffer beam

Figure 7-20 Buffer beam

4) Adjust buffer beam to make them right on marking line.


5) Fix buffer(buffer base) on buffer beam by anchor bolt or bolt.

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 36 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

8.Machine room

8.1Introduction

Machine room parts include traction machine part, machine beam, cushion
rubber, machine base and so on,as Figure 8-1,8-2。

Traction
machine

Machine
base

Cushion
rubber

Machine
beam

CWT Car Beam


pulley
Figure 8-1(A) Geared traction machine 1:1

8.2 Safety

1) Installation shoulde lead by site manager.


2) Check crane hook of machine room.
3) Prevent people from falling by cover holes in machine room.
4) Other requests refer to Section 2-Safety.
8.3 Machine beam

8.3.1 Tools

²Ink marker ²Impact drill ²20mm wrench


²Tape measure ²Welding machine ²17mm wrench
²Hammer ²Driving tool ²19mm wrench

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 37 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

8.3.2 Machine beam part

导向轮轴中心线
Beam pulley shaft center
曳引轮轴中心线
Machine sheave shaft center

轿厢中心线
Car center 对重中心线
CWT center

Figure 8-2 (A)beam structure-Geared

8.3.3 process

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 38 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

1) Marking location position on machine room floor,as Figure8-3.

X
Y

机房墙壁
Machine room wall

承 重 梁 长 度
Beam length

对重轿厢中心线
Car and CWT center
marking line
的位置标记线

Position marking
位置标记线

承重梁 beam
Machine

Figure 8-3 Machine beam position marking line

2) Location is changed by machine type. Position is related with car, cwt


position.
3) Open holes for machine beam on machine room wall according to marking
line as Figure 8-4。

Car rope
轿厢钢丝绳 CWT rope
对重钢丝绳

1:1

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 39 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

Figure 8-4 Open holes for machine beam

4) Fix space beam on correct position and use anchor bolt to fix space
beam

Machine beam

Angle
iron
Anchor Welding
bolt

Space
beam

Figure 8-5 Beam installation

5) Centering beam center to marking line. Adjust beam level by inserting


liners.
6) Check level degree of 4 point of beam and all dimensions then fix beams
with bolt sets.
7) After location, check level degree and dimension again and full weld
space beam and machine beam as Figure 8-5. Welding point height should
be more than 3mm
8) If needed, use angle iron(l75*75*9) to weld beam joint as Figure 8-5

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 40 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

8.3.4 Inspection
Max.1mm
1) Gap less than 1mm,Figure 8-6.

Figure 8-6 Length direction level gap

2) Gap less than 0.5mm,Figure


Level

8-7.
Max.0.5mm

Figure 8-7 each beam level gap


3) Level gap between beams less than 0.5mm,Figure 8-8

Max.0.5mm

Figure 8-8 level gap between beams

4) Parallel degree less than 1mm,Figure8-9.

Max. 1mm

Figure 8-9 Parallel degree

8.4 Cushion rubber

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 41 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

8.4.1 Process

1) Locate cushion rubber on beam.


2) Match cushion rubber and machine base hole and fix with bolts.
3) Temporarily fix rubber and beam with rail clips to adjust position
easily.
4) After install traction machine and match center, use wrench to fix all
joint as Figure 8-10.

Machine
base

Nut

Cushion
rubber

Rail clip

Machine beam Machine room

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 42 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

Figure 8-10 Cushion rubber

8.5 Traction machine and machine base

8.5.1 Tools
²Gradienter ²chain wheel ²17mm wrench
²Spanner ²Plumb line ²19mm wrench
²Chainblock ²Ruler ²Screw driver
8.5.2 Process

1) Locate traction machine position and mark line according to layout


2) Mark car guide rail center line, cwt guide rail center line and car-cwt
center to center line as Figure8-11.

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 43 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

Machine sheave (beam pulley) center

Machine beam

CWT rail center

Car rail center

Figure 8-11 Mark center line


 Attention: Marking line should be done before beam installation, and use nails and
screws as assistant if there is lifting hole.

3) Lift machine and match machine base fixing hole then use bolts to fix.
4) Lift machine with base and match edge of machine sheave to car center

Q point.
5) Put beam pulley before fixing machine and machine beam.
6) Keep lifting machine by chain block when operating above steps. Match
holes of rubber and machine base than temporarily fix traction machine.
7) Fix beam pulley temporarily with machine base.

8.5.3 Adjust verticality


1) Confirm base and beam edge and each center, insert liner to adjust if
needed.

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 44 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

2) Pull down plumb line from machine sheave center when machine is level
and match line to Q point.(Figure8-10)
Support

Sheave top

3) Pull plumb line from top of machine Sheave

sheave, adjust gradient of sheave and


keep gap<1mm.(Figure8-11)
4) Use 2)same way to pull line from beam
pulley and match A point. Figure 8-11

Sheave
5) With 3)method just gradient of beam bottom

pulley and keep gap<1mm


Figure8-12 Machine sheave upper and
lower deviation

6) Check Q and A point to center


Sheave
both beam pulley and machine
sheave.Figure 8-13 Wire line
Machine base

* After check gradient, fix all


parts

Beam pulley

Plumb

Figure8-13 Sheave centering

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 45 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

8.5.4 Traction machine brake setting(Sample)


8.5.4.1 Tools
²46mm wrench 2EA ²55mm wrench 2EA ²19mm wrench 2EA
²Ruler (mm) ²Feeler gauge(0.1mm,0.2mm)
1) Check brake and system
A. Check all moving parts.
2) Must check ①and ②arm pin shaft move smoothly Setting brake spring
(Figure 8-14,Figure 8-15)
A. Check name plate to find brake type.
B. Screwing spring-pressing nut to adjust force according to ruler ⑤
mark(Figure8-14)
C. Lock both nuts.

Figure 8-14 Brake system

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 46 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

Figure 8-15

3) Adjustment (Figure8-16)
A. Disconnect switch⑥,⑦,but do not brake them。
B. Disconnect fixing plate⑬,release nut⑧,zero clearing。
C. Lock bolt⑧ to 3mm,to make stroke 3mm。
D. Re-fix plate⑬,Lock nut⑭ ,to make cushion plate⑫and fixing
plate⑬ gap about 2mm。(Figure8-16)
E. Lock nut⑨ slightly。

Figure8-16 Fine tuning switch

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 47 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

4) Adjust fine tuning switch(Figure 8-16)


A. Adjust switch⑥and⑦ to make cushion plate⑫ gap about 2mm,each
gap of cushion plate is about 0.5~1mm。
B. Adjust manually,to make the stroke 3mm。
If cushion rubber cause brake cannot move smoothly, move fixing
plate to increase gap of ⑫ and ⑬,and the gap should be less than
1mm.
C. Check switch ⑥ and reset switch position.

5) Check gap of brake lining and coil(Figure8-14)


A. Check gap by feeler gauge。
B. When gap is not well and there is noisy sound, adjust bolt⑪。
C. Or adjust bolt⑧ to increase stroke evenly. Check gap less than
0.2mm and brake stroke should be less than 4mm.
6) Adjust absorber
A. Check if there is sound when brake open and if there is loose when
absorber works.
B. When there is sound, adjust locking nut⑭ to reduce gap of⑫and ⑬.
Notice that adjustive range is 1mm.
C. Re-do as4)B if there is loose.
7) Final check
A. After check switch⑥ lock with nut and notice that do not make it
too tight.
B. Check the stroke and lock nuts.

8.5.5 Setting machine room duct and conduit

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 48 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

8.5.5.1 Materials
1) Hose:Diameter 16mm
2) Hose:Diameter 54mm,length 300mm
3) Lock nut:Diameter 54mm
4) Steel pipe:Diameter 54mm
5) Concrete coating
6) L size pipe(bend):Diameter 54mm
7) L size pipe(bend):Diameter 16mm
8) Steel pipe:Diameter 16mm

9) Bush:Diameter 54mm (for nozzle)


10) Bush:Diameter 16mm (for nozzle)
8.5.5.2 Criterion
See Figure 8-17, set 4 steel pipe under floor 21mm or lower position.

Encoder
Governor

Figure 8-17 Setting conduit sketch map

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 49 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

8.6 Governor

Governor is a safety equipment for emergency stop of car.


8.6.1 Tools

²Welding machine ²Ruler ²Ink marker


²Gradienter ²Tape measure ²Impact drill
²17mm wrench ²19mm wrench
8.6.2 Process
1) Locate position of governor by layout drawing.
2) Check position with car center line(Figure 8-18)。
3) As 8-18,insure X、Y、Z dimension,drill Ф 100 hole。

Marking

Car rail

Governor
hole

Figure 8-18 Mark governor position

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 50 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

4) Locate governor support and use liner to keep level.


5) Make governor level and anchor the support
6) Assemble governor and support.
7) After installation, set governor wire rope and rotate wheel evenly to
put down the rope. Check A and B point of Figure 8-19 and adjust the
degree with 1mm.

Governor
pulley

图 8-19 限速器轮的垂直偏差
8) After installation, concrete surface should be laid on (Figure 8-20),
and the surface should project 5mm more than the support bottom surface。
Governor

Governor
gap

support

Governor rope CAR CWT

Figure 8-20 Governor installation

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 51 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

8.7 Control panel

1) Rules
Control panel should be lifted and installed in machine room 。Size
is 500mm(width)x 700mm(depth)x 1403mm(height)。Weight is 200Kg。
2) Use wire to cross the eyebolt of control panel to lift it.
3) Keep 1m from wall for installation and maintenance at left & front. So
as right if moniter and level lamp are needed.

Figure 8-21 Lift control panel fighre 8-22 Space around control panel

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 52 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

9. Car part

9.1 Introduction
Car includes car frame, car wall, ceiling, car door and so on.

9.2 Safety
Refer to Section 2”Safety”
9.3 Car frame

(1)Locate base frame,keep level with gradienter(Level degree deviation


≤2mm,car and landing door center deviation≤1mm)

Figure 9-1 Locate base frame

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 53 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

Standard parts:
Bolt:GB/T5783-2000 - M20×45
Round washer:GB/T97.1-1985 - 20
Spring washer:GB/T93-1987 - 20
Nut:GB/T6170-2000 – M20

Figure 9-2 Upright installation

(2)Install and adjust upright(Adjust front & rear, and left & right degree
of angle within 1.5mm).

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 54 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

Figure 9-3 Adjust upright

Bolt:GB/T5783-2000 - M20×45
Round washer:GB/T97.1-1985 - 20
Spring washer:GB/T93-1987 - 20
Nut:GB/T6170-2000 – M20

Figure 9-4 Install crosshead

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 55 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

Figure 9-5 Adjust crosshead

(3)Install and adjust crosshead(Left & right level degree≤2mm,


Front&Rear degree≤1mm)
(4)Install tie rod.

Bolt:
GB/T5781-2000-M16×40 Round washer:GB/T97.1-1985 -
Round washer : 16
GB/T97.1-1985 - 16 Spring washer:GB/T93-1987 - 16
Spring washer:GB/T93-1987 Nut:GB/T6170-2000 – M16
- 16
Nut:GB/T6170-2000 – M16 Round washer:GB/T97.1-1985 -
20
Spring washer:GB/T93-1987 - 20
Nut:GB/T6170-2000 – M20

Figure 9-6 Install tie rod

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 56 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

Figure 9-7Install safety gear and guide shoe

(5)Adjust safety gear and install guide shoe,gap is 3.5mm according


to Figure 9-7。

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 57 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

Figure 9-7 Platform


(5)Install platform,Figure 9-7
(6)Install cam,Figure 9-8
( 7 ) Install car pulley , Figure 9-9. Adjust direction of pulley
according to layout drawing. If elevator is 1:1 wraping, there is no
car pulley.

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 58 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

Figure 9-8 Limit cam

Figure 9-9 Car pulley

9.5 Car assembly

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 59 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

Car is assembled by car wall, ceiling, transom panel and (door pole).
1) Car wall quantity is different by program, below is low weight cab.
2) As 9-10,assemble①+②and⑨(if needed),assemble⑦+⑧and⑩(if needed),
and then ③+④和⑤+⑥。
3) One by one fix wall bottom holes of ①+②+⑨,⑦+⑧+⑩,③+④,⑤+
⑥to kick plate holes,as 9-10 and 9-11. Assemble sequence is same if
car wall quantity is different.

Car wall

Kick plate

Floor

Figure 9-10 Car wall assembly Figure 9-11 Fixing wall and kick plate

4) Assemble corners,figure 9-12.

Car wall

Figure 9.12 Corner assembly


5) If there is handrail, it should be temporarily assembled before car wall
installed.
6) After wall is finished,match wall and the end of car sill.

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 60 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

7) Fix transom panel and front wall (or door pole)


8) Before wall is assembled, lift ceiling to crosshead.
9) Put ceiling to top of car wall.
10) Match holes of wall top and ceiling.
11) Make temporarily dustproof cover and keep gap of car wall and upright.
12) Finish all works and measure car wall gradient.Check A,B and others.Figure 9-13
Opening width
Ceiling Transom panel
OP

Front
wall

Column if
(如果有)
needed

Figure 9-13 Check entrance

13) If verticality is not good ,use liner to adjust.


*Deviation is less than 2mm。

14) Fix all parts.


15) Install other little parts of ceiling, such as lights.

9.6 Car door operator and car door

Refer to 《Door system installation manual》

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 61 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

9.7 Locate governor position


Sample:

1) As 9-14,install lever to safet gear hole.


2) Use at least 3 clips to fix governoer rope and lever.
3) Same way to connect lowe rope.
4) Adjust tightness of rope.
5) Tension pulley is installed at least 380mm from pit floor.

Clip

switch

Safety gear

Figure 9-14 Locate governor( or other ways)

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 62 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

Figure 9-15 Tension pulley position

9.8 Compensation device

9.8.1 Introduction
Compensation device is used to compensate car diverse weight to keep car
running normally.

9.8.2 Tools
 Tape measure  Wrench(13mm、17mm、21mm、23mm)

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 63 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

9.8.3 Process
1) Make sure there is connecting position under cwt frame. Figure 9-16
2) To avoid compensation chain shaking, there should be one guide device
fixed on CWT guide rails. Guide device center should be 400~500mm from
pit floor. CWT rail

Comp. guide

Comp.
bracket Pit floor

Figure 9-16 Hook for compensation chain under


CWT frame
Figure9-17 Guide device

3) Keep car on bottom floor and fix bracket to car frame. Figure 9 -18

Comp. chain
bracket

Figure 9-18 Compensation bracket under car frame

4) Take chains to pit, and use U bolt to connect one end of chain with bracket

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 64 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

as Figure 9-19.

Car rail center

Safety gear

Comp. bracket

Comp. chain

Figure 9-19 Compensation under car

5) Run car to top floor and use U bolt to coneect the other end of chain
with CWT frame bracket. Figure 9-20

Comp. chain bracket

Comp. chain

CWT frame

Figure 9-20 Compensation under CWT

*If chain is too long, it should be cut to correct length.

6) Adjust compensation chain to keep chain under car and CWT 350~400mm.
Figure 9-21

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 65 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

7) Bottom of chain and pit floor gap is about 150~200mm as Figure 9 -21.

Car

CWT

Figure 9-21 Criterion

Guide

Bolts

Figure 9-22 Installation of compensation chain

*Pay attention to interference when CWT is on side of hoistway.

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 66 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

10.Wire rope

10.1 Main rope


10.1.1
One end of main rope connect crosshead and the other end connect with
CWT frame for 1:1 wraping.
Process
1) Stay car on top floor. Car sill match landing sill.
2) Keep CWT frame right position at pit .
3) Put all ropes on top floor and insert into rope sockets.
4) Mark at each rope to avoide wrapping.
5) Hang the rope from crosshead rope hole and go around machine sheave
and beam pulley, then pull down to CWT side.
6) Fix rope sockets to crosshead.
7) Cut useless rope after mark the cutting position.
8) Use clip fix wire rope and connect to CWT frame(Refer to 10.1.2)
9) Check if rope is twisting

CWT pulley

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 67 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

Figure 10-2 Rope socket work

10.1.2 Rope socket working


(1)Prepare rope and rope socket
(2)Release the wedge
(3)insert more than 330mm and pull it tight with wedge.
(4)Use clip to fix about 30mm from wedge.
(5)Use steel wire to wrap the end of wire rope about 30~35mm.

Caution
 Do not release wire rope without rotate coil to prevent rope from twisting
or broken.
 When carry the rope, keep the rope away from ground floor to avoid abrasion.
 Keep away from high heat working or welding work. If needed, there should
be protective cover.
 Test tension of rope 1 week later and 15 days and 1 month. Check the tensi on
4 times a year.

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 68 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

11 Working without scaffold


11.1 Install part of template and install buffer beam(Figure11-1)。

1) Install one rail and install temporary car fram, do not interfere
with basic line.
2) 固定好该段导轨的下部,并在底坑相应的地板处安装轿厢和对重缓冲器底
座。Fix the bottom rail, and install buffer beam

Buffer beam Scaffold

Figure 11-1 Bottom template installation

11.2 Install bottom car rail and CWT rail

1) As Figure 11-2, install 2 bottom car rail and CWT rail brackets.
2) Just use bottom scaffold and install rail according to basic line.

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 69 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

2 nd bracket

Base line

Guide rail

1 st bracket

Figure 11-2 Install rail bracket

11.3 Install temporary car frame

1) Keep safety gear level with guide rail.


2) Install upright.
3) Make another guide shoe(Figure 11-3) to fix on frame to avoid
interference.

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 70 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

Guide 导靴
shoe 限速器定位装置
Governor position
A Up or down
上端或者下端

Crosshead
顶梁

Upright
轿厢侧梁

Tie rod
连接杆

A detail(#6)
A部详图(部件6)

Safety gear
安全钳
Guide shoe
导靴

Figure 11-3 Fix temporary guide shoe on frame

11.4 Install crosshead

1) For safety, there should be guard to protect worker.(Figure 11-4)


2) Do as figure 11-4 for reference.
3) Prepare plate on crosshead to avoid falling.

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 71 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

H:1800
顶梁
Crosshead
A A

25A管pipe 图 B-B 32A管pipe

轿厢侧梁
Upright
图 A-A
Figure 11-4 Temporary

11.5 Machine room work

1) Fix the crane to machine room floor with anchor bolt.


2) Install governor to marked position in machine room.
3) Pull down the crane wire to temporary car frame.

11.6 Wire rope

1) Fix wire of crane to car frame with wire clip.


2) Governor rope as usual goes around tension pulley and is fixed to car
frame with wire clip.

11.7 Landing part

Same as work with scaffold


1) Measure entrance width
2) Weld sill support and install jamb.
3) Install landing sill
4) Adjust level and fix with anchor bolt.
11.8 Other guide rails

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 72 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

1) Move temporary car


2) Fix each rail bracket on temporary car.
3) Install second rail on car both side and connect with first guide
rail.
4) Fix rail according to basic line.
5) Repeat step1) to step4) until all rails are finished.

11.9 Main rope

Level the car on top floor after guide rail and landing part are finished
Round the main rope from machine room and pull down the rope to top CWT
frame, then fix all the joints.
*Install traction machine and CWT frame before pull down main rope.

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 73 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

Appendix 1
Author Check Manager
Safety Inspection Diary

Date :
Location Name

Grade Date
Project
(Good, Regular, Bad) Sun. Mon. Tues. Wed. Thurs. Fri. Sat.

1 Clean and sort

2.Safety position on each floor

3. Template on each floor

4. Safety guard for dangerous


place
Jobsite
5. Safety warning sign at
dangerous place

6.Safety screen

7. Electric shock danger

8. Falling hazard at each floor?

1. Helmet

2. Safety shoes
Protective
equipment
3.Lanyard for high altitude work

4.Gloves

Inspector:

manager
Suggestion
of this
week

Remark: 1.。Each inspector must check and record


2. This file should be handed in when hand in the accident report

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 74 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

Appendix 2

Author Check Manager


Safety and Health Education

Date :
Location Worker

Type 1.Before work 2.At work Duty

Education Post: Name:

1.About protective equipment

2. Two people as a team

Education 3. How to use safety screen, warning sign and template.

4. Accident case and how to defend

5. Danger foresee training

Name Sign Name Sign Name Sign

Member

Remark

Remark : 1. Each worker should be educated


2. This file should be handed in when hand in the accident report

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 75 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

Appendix 3

Improvement report

To : „Department
Theme: Improvement report

We had improvement as below about your suggestion:

manager

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 76 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

Appendix 4 Jamb measurement report

Project Name : Team:


Project No. : P. M. :
Date : Owner :

Dimension as below. Unit : mm

Type
Project
Sill H1-1SCO 99
width H1-2SSO 136

JH( Total
height)

JJ EH

Marble
A
Concrete

Total
E/L Depth(WO/ (MH) Top jamb
height
No. JD) Yes/No Yes/No Material Remark
(JH)

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 77 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

Appendix 5 Guide rail inspection report


Project NO. Project Name Type & Quantity Company P.M Manager

Rail (Kg) A B C

Block( ) E/L 编号( )


Rail clip: Fixed( ) Slide( )
Position:
tel:
Block( ) E/L No.( )
Bracket CAR CWT CAR CWT Remark
NO. Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
25
P.M :

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 78 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

Appendix 6 Guide rail criterion


No Criterion Gauge
Check items
. 13 Kg 18 Kg 24 Kg
+3 +3 +3 Tape
1 Length
5000-0 5000-0 5000-0 measure
2 Height 61±0.02 88±0.02 88±0.02 m/m
m/m
-0.05 -0.05 -0.05
3 Head width or vernier
19-0.093 16-0.093 16-0.093
caliper
vernier
4 Flange width 89±1.5 127±2.0 114±2.0
caliper
vernier
5 Waist thickness 9.5±0.7 9.5±0.7 9.5±0.7
caliper
Flange edge vernier
6 8±0.7 8±0.7 12±0.7
thickness caliper
Flange middle vernier
7 11±0.7 11±0.7 16±0.7
thickness caliper
vernier
8 Head height 32±0.9 38±0.9 50±0.9
caliper
Spiral
9 Radium 5R 5R 5R
micrometer
10 Total camber ±2.0 ±1.5 ±1.0 Basic line
11 Part camber Below 0.4 Below 0.3 Below 0.2 ruler
12 Square degree ±0.05 ±0.05 ±0.05 Squre
-0.02 -0.02 -0.02
13 Joint Depth m/m
6-0.05 5-0.05 5-0.05
Joint +0 +0 +0
14 m/m
4-0.03 6-0.03 6-0.03
Joint vernier
15 4±0.2 5±0.2 5±0.2
caliper
Joint -0.02 -0.02 -0.02
16 m/m
6-0.05 5-0.05 5-0.05
Joint +0.03 +0.03 +0.03
17 Gauge block
4-0 6-0 6-0
Joint vernier
18 4.5±0.2 5.5±0.2 5.5±0.2
caliper
+0 +0 +0 vernier
19 Hole working
38-0.5 38-0.5 38-0.5 caliper
Hole vernier
20 76±0.3 76±0.3 76±0.3
caliper
Hole 014 Hole 017 Hole 017 Hole
vernier
21 028 035 035
caliper
Counter-sinking Counter-sinking Counter-sinking
Hole vernier
22 28±0.25 35.5±0.25 40±0.25
caliper

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 79 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

Hole vernier
23 56±0.5 71±0.5 80±0.5
caliper
Flange underside vernier
24 165 165 165
length caliper
vernier
25 Height 62±0.5 89±0.5 89±0.5
caliper
26 Antirust oil
27 Painting
28 Crack
29 Incision status

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 80 -
LUXEN2
I N S TA L L AT I O N
MANUAL

HYUNDAI ELEVATOR CO., LTD


INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL )

Catalog
1.Summary
1.1 Introduction........................................................ 1
1.2 Elevator system overview............................................ 1
1.3 Construction........................................................ 3
1.4 Installation document............................................... 5

2.Safety
2.1 Introduction........................................................ 6
2.2 Personal protective equipment....................................... 6
2.3 Safety equipment.................................................... 7
2.4 Safety control...................................................... 8

3.Preparing installation
3.1 Introduction....................................................... 10
3.2 Preparation........................................................ 10
3.3 Job site investigation............................................. 10
3.4 Materials.......................................................... 10
3.5 Start installation................................................. 12

4.Scaffold
4.1 Instruction........................................................ 13
4.2 Safety............................................................. 13
4.3 Tools.............................................................. 13
4.4 Installation process............................................... 14
4.5 Check items........................................................ 15

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- I -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL )

5.Template
5.1 Introduction....................................................... 16
5.2 Safety............................................................. 16
5.3 Tools.............................................................. 16
5.4 Template material.................................................. 16
5.5 Template installation.............................................. 17
5.6 Template installation check standard............................... 20

6.Entrance part
6.1 Introduction....................................................... 22
6.2 Safety............................................................. 22
6.3 Landing sill....................................................... 22

7.Hoistway parts
7.1 Introduction...................................................... 23
7.2 Safety............................................................ 23
7.3 Guide rail bracket................................................ 23
7.4 Guide rail........................................................ 29
7.5 Anchor bolt....................................................... 34
7.6 Buffer............................................................ 36

8.Machine room
8.1 Introduction...................................................... 37
8.2 Safety............................................................ 38
8.3 Machine beam...................................................... 38
8.4 Cushion rubber.................................................... 42
8.5 Traction machine and machine base................................ 43
8.6 Governor......................................................... 50
8.7 Control panel.................................................... 52

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- II -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL )

9. Car part
9.1 Introduction..................................................... 53
9.2 Safety........................................................... 53
9.3 Car frame........................................................ 53
9.4 Car assembly..................................................... 59
9.5 Car door operator and car door................................... 61
9.6 Locate governor position......................................... 62
9.8 Compensation device.............................................. 63

10. Wire rope


10.1 mMin rope....................................................... 67

11. Working without scaffold


11.1 Install part of template and install buffer beam................ 70
11.2 Install bottom car rail and CWT rail............................ 70
11.3 Install temporary frame......................................... 71
11.4 Install crosshead............................................... 72
11.5 Machine room work............................................... 73
11.6 Wire rope....................................................... 73
11.7 Landing part.................................................... 73
11.8 Other guide rails............................................... 74
11.9 Main rope....................................................... 74

Appendix............................................................... 75

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- III -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

1. Summary

1.1 Introduction
This manual is used for installing elevators manufactured by Hyundai
Elevator Co.,Ltd by the way of using scaffold.
Hyundai Elevator is based on VVVF control, we choose most reliable and
effective way to give our customer more wide and special services.

1.2 Elevator System Overview


Fig 1-1 shows whole elevator system and gives each parts’ name.

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 1 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

machine
control panel
receiving box

wireway

wireway in governor
hatchway

main rope
car roof
junction box

Emergency car emergency


lamp opening
car illumination car door operator

car
leveling
device

car operation
board

middle junction box


(only be set more than 16
stops) safety gear

car door sill

cable hanger

indicator for stop

jamb
hall buttons

hatch sill

governor tension
限速器张紧轮
pulley
pit switch Counterweight
rail
pit junction Counterweight
box buffer

car rail
car buffer

Fig 1-1 the part names of elevator system

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 2 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

1.3 Construction(Builder will take charge)

Builder should work in accordance with Hyundai elevator CO., LTD drawing
and request. The requests in the parenthesis are from ASME A17.1.

1.3.1 Layout working

1.3.1.1 Hoistway

1) Clear hoistway wall according to related request.


2) There should be 75°guard for all tubers and concaves except for load
and unload.
3) Set up ventilation holes in hoistway according to related codes.
4) Set up guide rail bracket support at each floor and machine room. These
support should keep enough vertical space to install rail bracket. Each
floor there should be bearing beam for rail bracket.
5) Set up holes for hall button and signal device.
6) Balustrade should be prepared between outside of hoistway and inside.
7) Desiccate pit to increase pit floor strength against guide rail and
buffer impact force.
8) Confirm inspection hole and pit position according to hoistway
entrance. Vertical ladder must be higher than inspection door by 1060mm.
9) Wall and floor at entrance should be fixed after jamb and landing sill
are installed. Jamb will be welded with steel prepared at entrance side.
10) Keep at least 64mm deep hole for landing sill, and after sill is
installed, fill with cement.
11) For safety, when elevator is panoramic, glass cover should be more than
3.6m. For outdoor panoramic elevator, glass should cover the total
height.
1.3.1.2 Machine Room

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 3 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

1) Machine room should be closed to others.


2) Enter machine room according to process of rules.
3) Before mechanical parts arrive, machine room concrete plate and
balustrade should not be put on hoistway.
4) Enter machine room or move device by using hoist beam or trapdoor.
5) Cable safety device are placed at machine room or second floor.
6) Conform position of machine base and machine beam.

1.3.2 Electric device

1.3.2.1 Hoistway
1) Hoistway(or machine room) receptacle refer to Hyundai related electric
manual.
2) Pit receptacle , lamp and switch should be near inspection door.
3) Duct and conduit for emergency bell , interphone and monitor system
should be arranged in hoistway and outside machine room
1.3.2.2 Machine room

1) Install lightening device, power socket, ventilation and enough


mechanical space.
2) Temperature of machine room should be lower than 40℃ controlled by fan
or air-condition. If needed, humidity should be lower than 90%
3) Beside machine room door, arrange brakes or brake switch for each
elevator and lamp switch.
4) Connect each wiring cable with control panel, including main cable
switch and power socket.
5) Car door operator should have appropriate system, including braker or
brake switch.
6) Prepare temporary power supply when elevator is installed and test

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 4 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

running.
1.3.2.3 Emergency strategy

1) Fire control, emergency circuit, automatic fire extinguishing system


or smoke and heat sensor should be connected with control panel.
2) If emergency running is needed, Hyundai could be contacted to cooperate
with.
3) Fire control and emergency device maybe different in different
countries. Hyundai or local supplier could be contacted.
4) Ask Hyundai for help if there is special quakeproof request.
1.4 Installation document

Workers must be aware of the whole process of installation and read below
documents carefully before start working.
1) Construction instruction
2) Sold bill
3) Installation
4) Mechanical and Electric drawing
5) Installation sequence
6) Operation manual
7) Local working procedure
8) Packing list
9) Other parameters in contract:
- Emergency power system
- Fire sensor
- Earthquake sensor
- Security system
- Fireproof system

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 5 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

2. Safety

2.1 Introduction
Elevator installation is mostly high altitude operation and heavy
transport. The process is full of hazard. Workers must wear personal
protective equipment and receive safety training.

2.2 Personal protective equipment


2.2.1 Uniform
Wear working uniform.
2.2.2 Safety shoes
Wear safety shoes when deal with heavy equipment and other
construction work。
2.2.3 Helmet
Wear safety helmet to escape from dropping hazard。
2.2.4 Safety lanyard
See Figure 2-1,wear safety lanyard to prevent workers from falling。

Eye bolt Anchor bolt

Lanyard hook

Entrance
wall

Fig 2-1 Safety Lanyard

2.2.5 Safety glasses

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 6 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

Wear safety glasses when use impact drill or work on welding.

2.3 Safety equipment


2.3.1 Safety warning sign
Set safety warning sign on hall
opening hole to prevent others falling.

Fig2-2 Safety warning sign


2.3.2 Safety screen
Set up firm steel screen every 5~6m
between each scaffold

2.3.3 Scaffold plate Fig 2-3 Safety screen

Scaffold plate is used for worker


standing, it should have enough strength
against workers’ weight.

Fig 2-4 Scaffold plate

2.4 Safety control

2.4.1 Safety manual

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 7 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

All workers need to take portable manual and show the manual when safety
inspector has request for it.
2.4.2 Safety 5 rules

Safety 5 rules

1. Safety first
2. Health
3. Sort and Straighten
4. Inspection and Maintenance
5. Safety Operation

2.4.3 Insist on safety inspection diary


1) PM or inspector should do safety inspection diary before each day ’s

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 8 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

work.
2)Once discover any potential danger,must correct it right away and make
a record in the sheet of “Suggestion of this week and Important safety
event”
3) Each inspector should hand in the safety inspection diary to safety
department or related department. These departments should consult the
material and feedback instantly.

2.4.4 Insistently record “Safety and Health education diary”


1) PM or inspector should train the workers and make a record of “Safety

and Health education diary” (Appendix 2)。


2) Hand in the inspection diary to safety department or related department
periodically. These departments should consult the material and
feedback instantly

2.4.5 Improvement report


After receive improve suggestion, inspector should take measures and hand
in improvement report. (Appendix 3)

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 9 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

3. Preparing Installation
3.1 Introduction
Installation date refer to hoistway finishing date. PM or engineer should
inspect jobsite and confirm installation date with builder. PM should check
installation scheme drawing, instruction manual, installation sequence,
tools and so on.
3.2 Preparation
3.2.1 Prepare drawing, instruction manual, sequence sheet, layout drawing and
so on for workers to consult.
3.2.2 List and prepare tools for installation.
3.2.3 PM should prepare installation plan.(Sheet 3.1)。
3.3 Jobsite investigation
3.3.1 Confirm installation date with builder.
3.3.2 Check power supply.
3.3.3 Check installation plan.
3.3.4 If needed, builder will decide and provide site office and depot.
3.3.5 Check building situation according to installation drawing。
(Figure 3-1)
3.4 Materials
According to system pack and transport elevator parts.
For example:Packing list as Sheet 3-1 :
Sheet 3-1 Packing
Contents Trunk No.
1) Guide rail 1
2) Machine room parts 2,3
3) Hoistway and machine room parts 4,5,6
4) Car parts 7
5) Machine room, hoistway, pit, landing, car frame 8,9
6) Car door parts 10
7) Entrance parts 11,12

Notice: Trunk dimension will increase when parts are more than standard, for example:
Guide rails, landing doors.

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 10 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

Lead by PM, transport the parts to depot or jobsite and notice that do
not to destroy the parts

* Check below point according to


c d

installation scheme: f
e
a
o
a. Machine room height b
n
b. Traction hole
g
c. Ventilation
d. Crane hook i
h
e. Channels and stairway to machine
room
f. Machine room entrance door and lock
g. Machine beam strength
h. Open position for signal device
l
i. Overhead height
j. Floor quantity and floor height
k. Depth and waterproof of pit. Clean
the pit
l. Height of hoistway
m. Power supply
n. Holes for duct and conduit
k
o. Machine room walls for Machine beam
p. Hoistway dimension (width *depth)

Figure3-1 Jobsite investigation

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 11 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

3.5 Start installation

3.5.1 Prepare site office and depot


Generally builder will prepare site office and depot according to
contract. No matter which side prepare them, they should notice that :

1) Size of site office and depot should follow the request.


2) Burglarproof door is needed.
3) There is no fire or water risk for site office and depot.

3.5.2 Set up Safety Warning Sign


Set Safety Warning Sign at each landing door hole according to below
methods and standards before installation.
1) Set Safety Warning Sign as Figure 3-2.
2) Distance between Safety Warning Sign and sill end is 20~30mm.
3) Sign bracket should extend landing hole more than 50mm on both
side.(Figure3-2)
4) Fix top two points of sign to the wall,
it will not get deformed or moving
when take outside force.
5) Warning should face the hall and be
level set.
6) Warning Sign should be wider when
opening width is more than 1400mm or
vertical opening.
7) Remove Warning Signs after landing
doors are installed. Figure3.2 Safety Warning Sign

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 12 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

4. Scaffold

4.1 Instruction
Use steel pipe and jig to install scaffold. A scaffold is a temporary
platform for workers installing elevator parts, such as rail brackets,
landing door and so on.

4.2 Safety
4.2.1 Scaffold must be made following PM command.
4.2.2 Materials for scaffold must be standard parts.
4.2.3 Before install scaffold plate, they should be inspected to see if there
is any crack and repair them.
4.2.4 Check safety screen and repair any broken or disjoint point.

4.3 Tools

 Hammer
 Ratchet wrench : 17, 19 (mm)
 Wrench: 17, 19 (mm)

* Wrench is optional.

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 13 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

4.4 Installation process

1) Put appropriate plate


(substrate)at pit(Figure 4-1,A)

2) Making the first level frame at


1m above pit and set each frame
by 1.5m

3) Fix level and vertical frame by


joint jig.

4) If frame is shaking, use pole to


make the frame stable(4 point

Space of screen
each pole)

5) After frame is finished, set


scaffold plate and safety
screen.
Space

PIT

Figure 4-1 Scaffold installation

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 14 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

6) (Figure 4-2)Prevent rail bracket and landing sill from interference.

CWT rail center

Scaffold

CAR rail center

Landing sill end

图 4-2 Scaffold standard

4.5 Check items

1) Check scaffold material’s crack and deformation.


2) Check each joint point’s degree of tightness.
3) Check if the scaffold is swaying
4) Check substrate.
5) Check stability.
6) Check strength and safety screen stability.

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 15 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

5. Template

5.1 Introduction
Making each base line according to standard layout drawing. There
are two kinds of templates. Top template is on hoistway ceiling; Bottom
template is at pit. If WOS(Without scaffold) way is adopt, top template is
below machine room, bottom template is still at pit.

5.2 Safety
Notice below safety events:
5.2.1 Clear all objects which have falling hazard.
5.2.2 Check opening hole safety screen and safety device installation
status.
5.2.3 Clear all bulges or easy falling objects.
5.2.4 Making top and bottom template separately.

5.3 Tools
 Water pipe  Pistol  Impact drill
drill
 Welding  Hammer  Driving tool
machine
 Gradienter  Tape  Calculator
measure
 Angle  Ink
square(30mm) marker

5.4 Template material


Square wood stick or C channel steel.
5.4.1 C Channel steel
Adopt #20,#30,#60 or bigger, thickness 2.3mm C Channel steel

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 16 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

5.4.2 Square wood


Square wood Size should be more than70mm*12mm.

5.4.3 Square wood


Bottom template use square wood more than 70mm*70mm
5.4.4 Square wood
Top template below machine room should be more than 70mm*5mm when working
Without scaffold.

5.5 Template installation

The process includes making template, installing support and marking.


Notise two kinds of installing way: with scaffold and without scaffold.
This section is for working with scaffold, working without scaffold refer
to section 11.

5.5.1 Making the template


Working with scaffold, marking guide rail position is needed:
1) Set entrance, car and cwt template, and mark a central position.
2) Marking a central point of template for entrance, car and cwt
template.(Figure 5-1)
3) Calculate template dimention based on central point. Guide rail bracket
basic hole position is needed.
4) Drill 1mm hole for marking and check all related holes.。

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 17 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

CAR CW T center

CW T rail center
R: Rail height+8mm

CAR rail center


R: Rail height+8mm

Car sill end

图 5-1 Template installation(With scaffold)

Attention:8mm=line thickness 3mm+ distance to ink line 5mm

5.5.2 Template support works


It includes top and bottom templates.
1) Drill long hole of 2-14*36 on angle iron for anchor bolt.

Long hole

Figure 5-2 Template support

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 18 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

2) Put angle iron on selected Marking line


Template
position and mark on hoistway support

wall.(Figure 5-3) Anchor


bolt hole

Top floor
3) Set angle iron upper surface
right to the ink line, aim at
hole and drill hole on the
wall.(Figure 5-3)
Entrance side wall CWT side wall
4) Adjust iron level and use anchor
bolt fixing the iron on the Figure 5-3 Marking
wall.
5) Put C Channel steel on fixed angle Template
Entrance
iron and check the level degree.
Car sill CAR CWT

7) Attention:Do not touch ink line


C Channel
6)
when fix the C Channel steel.
Template
Anchor support
8) Same way to set bottom template 1m bolt
Pit
above pit floor .
7) Bottom template should hold workers and
Figure5-4 Bottom support
other heavy things.

5.5.3 Template installation


Entrance line
1) Temporarily fix plumb line
2) Adjust top and bottom template Entrance Floor

to make distance between line


and entrance wall more than Hoistway wall

155mm(1SCO) or 195(2SSO)

Figure5-5 Entrance clearance

Car center
3) Check A,B,C and fix

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 19 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

template.(Figre 5-6)

Temporary
line

4) After entrance template is fixed,


fix car and cwt template.(Figure
5-7)

5) Check entrance, car and cwt


template distance, level degree CWT rail
center
and main dimension , and then weld
each joint.(Figure 5-7) Car rail
center

6) Install bottom template as 4)5)


Car sill end

7) Fix base line and pull it down to Figure5-7 Template fixed dimension

bottom template then pull all


lines tight.

5.6 Template installation check standard

5.6.1 Top template support(with scaffold)


1) Top template should be installed 2m below ceiling slab.
2) Material: bigger than L90*90*6 angle iron or 90mm*50mm wood.
3) Set at least two template support on both front and rear wall. Marking
on the wall to fix support on right position.
4) Use gradienter to check level degree after support is fixed on

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 20 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

the wall.

5.6.2 Bottom template support


1) Bottom support should be 1m above pit floor.
2) Material: bigger than L90*90*6 angle iron or 90mm*50mm wood.
3) Use gradienter to check level degree after support is fixed on
the wall.

5.6.3 Template location dimention

1) Confirm position according to layout drawing.


2) When confirm first entrance template, also should check car and cwt
position and measure hoistway to locate correct position.
3) Entrance, car and cwt template centers deviation should be within 0.5mm
4) Keep each template good level degree.

5.6.4 Template installation


1) Check gradient main items’ dimension within 0.5mm.
2) Welding should be stable. If use wood scaffold, keep it strong enough
to hold weight.
3) Check dimension again after welding work.

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 21 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

6.Entrance part

6.1 intruduction
Installation process refer to different opening dimension and open type.

6.2 Safety
6.2.1 Pay attention to fire hidden danger caused by welding
6.2.2 Clear the jobsite to avoid fire danger
6.2.3 Keep enough for workers when pile up things in hoistway.
6.2.4 Others(2. safety)

6.3 Landing sill


Landing sill is installed at each floor entrance as base of landing part,
it guides landing door slidingin slot and prevent landing door from departing.
6.3.1 Tools

 Gradienter  Square  Tape measure


 Hammer  Wrench  Pipe
 Driving tool  Ruler (150mm)  Ink marker
 Welding  Impact drill
machine

6.3.2 Installation(Refer to 《Door system installation manual》)

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 22 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

7. Hoistway parts

7.1 Introduction
Hoistway parts are very important to car running quality. They must be
installed correctly.

7.2 Safety
7.2.1 Protective equipment
Safety uniform, helmet, lanyard, safety shoes, safety glasses
7.2.2 Check safety device before work
Safety screen, scaffold, safety warning sign
7.2.3 Watch out for sundries when working in hoistway.
7.2.4 Watch out for fire hidden danger when working on welding.

7.3 Guide rail bracket


7.3.1 Tools
 Welding machine  Impact drill  17mm wrench
 Ink marker  Hammer  19mm wrench
 Square  Driving tools  20mm wrench
 Tape measure  G clamp  21mm wrench

*注:17mm,19mm wrench for P8-15;20mm,21mm wrench for P17 above。

7.3.2 Car guide rail bracket measurement


1) Measurement should base on basic line.
2) Confirm bracket position before measurement according to layout
drawing。(7.3.5)
3) Two people as a team,marking on hoistway wall. Each line should be level,

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 23 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

and space between each level refer to layout drawing.


4) Measure distance from basic line on the wall to basic line(H).(Figure
7-1)

Car rail bracket line


Wall

Car rail line

Square

Figure 7-1 Measure distance of bracket(H)

5) Bracket length should be longer than measurement.


6) Record dimension in sheet of Appendix 5 and hand in to related person.

7.3.3 CWT rail bracket measurement


1) Do as 7.3.2 1)~3)。
2) As Figure 7-2 , Measure
Wall
dimension(H)。 CWT rail line

3) Bracket length should be 10mm Square

less than measurement.


CWT rail bracket line

4) Record dimension in sheet of


Appendix 5 and hand in to related person Figure 7.2 Measure H

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 24 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

表 7-1 Rail bracket measurement report


Project No. Project Name Type and Quantity Company P.M Manager

Rail (Kg) A B C
2(TD58) 50 58 16
5 60 78 16.4
8 56 78 10
13 62 89 16
18 89 114 16
24 89 127 16
Block( ) E/L No.( ) Rail clip: Fixed ( ) Slide ( )
Position: Tel:
Block( ) E/L No.( )
Bracket CAR CWT CAR CWT
Remark
No. Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
29
30
P.M :

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 25 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

7.3.4 Rail bracksts installation


1) Installation is from pit
2) Rail bracket includes first and second bracket. Fix first bracket on
the wall with anchor bolt and weld the second bracket.
3) Put first bracket on the wall and fit for basic line(Figure 7 -3)
4) mark center of first bracket on the wall。

Line 2nd rail


bracket
Anchor bolt
Wall hole

First rail
bracket Anchor bolt

Figure7-4 Adjust bracket


Figure7-3 Locate and fix anchor bolt

5) Drill hole on marking point and fix anchor bolt.


6) Use bolt set to fix first bracket and adjust tightness for second bracket
7) Fix both sides of car and CWT then next position.
8) Set second bracket as Figure 7-4, on first bracket. Cwt bracket as
Figure7-6
9) Make second bracket center aim at basic line and adjust level degree
and verticality. (Figure 7-4)
10) After adjustment, use G clamp keep two bracket and weld or fix with
bolt set.
11) 7-5&7-6 Make sure welding height is more than 3mm.

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 26 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

Min 50mm
Anchor bolt

Bracket line
1 st bracket Bracket line

Rail line
Rail line
1 st bracket

2 nd bracket

2 nd bracket

Figure7-5 Car rail bracket Figure7-6 Cwt rail bracket

12) Remove G clamp and check welding or fixing status.

Attention:
1) Clear sundries of hoistway.
2) Installation is from pit,after one level of car and cwt bracket and then
next level.
3) Check if anchor bolt is tight.
4) Insure welding height and do not break the basic line

7.3.5 Rail bracket location position


1) First level rail bracket is 1500mm above pit floor
2) Then each 2500mm space install one level bracket(Figure 7-7)
3) Make datum line on the hoistway wall except entrance wall.
4) Set bracket according to layout drawing.
5) When fix second bracket, keep 10mm space from wall.

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 27 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

6) Keep 3mm space from second bracket to basic line for liner of
installation
7) Insure there are 300~500mm from ceiling slab to top of guide rail
bracket.
8) Install all parts according to basic line.(Figure7-4 & 7-5)

Machine room

Fix at jobsite

Space
Basic line
Three walls

1500mm Pit

Figure 7-7 Rail bracket location

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 28 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

7.4 Guide rail


The quality of elevator mostly depends on the installing Condition of rail
bracket and guide Rails, thus the related works should Be carried according
to the given instruction.
7.4.1 SPEC
Sheet7-2 Guide rail (单位:mm)

Guide
A B C L
rail(Kg)
2(TD58) 50 58 16 5000
5 60 78 16.4 5000
8 56 78 10 5000
13 62 89 16 5000
18 89 114 16 5000
24 89 127 16 5000

 Detail see Figure7-8。

7.4.2 Tools:

 Crane  Hammer  19mm wrench


 Chain wheel  30mm wrench  Square
 Rail gauge  24mm wrench  Rail planer
 Ruler(150mm)  17mm wrench  Thickness gauge

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 29 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

7.4.3 Installation
1) Clean the end of rail.
Wire rope

2) Use cleanser to clean rail surface. Hook

3) Temporarily joint one end of rail and

fish plate。(Figure7-9)
4) Use hook to connect the fish plate Guide Fish plate
rail
and use crane to carry rail to
hoistway.Figure7-9

Rail length

Figure7-9 Move guide rail in hoistway

5) Two people as a team, one hold the top and the other hold the bottom
of rail.
6) Install rail from hoistway bottom. Bottom end sits on buffer beam.
Keep 80mm from the end of rail and pit floor, then fix it with rail
clip and bolts. (Figure 7-10)
Rail Buffer beam

Buffer beam

Fish plate
Max. 80mm
From pit

Figure7-10 Rail installation at pit

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 30 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

7) Put rail on first and second level rail bracket and fix them.Rail should
meet basic line and adjust the dimension according to Figure 7-5
8) Install other rails as above.
9) See Figure 7-11 and measured distance of guide rail(“BG” for short),
and check straightness.

Car

Figure 7-11 Check guide rail

* CAR BG:Distance between car guide rails(Layout drawing)


* CAT BG:Distance between counter weight guide rails (Layout drawing)

10) Install cwt guide rails by the same way.


11) As 4)~10)install other rails of 12),13).
12) Pay attention to different end of guide rail
13) Assemble rails and fish plates.(Figure 7-9)

7.4.4 Adjusting and centering

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 31 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

1) Use planr adjust joint,gap as sheet 7-4:


Sheet7-4 Gap criterion

Plan Car guide CWT guide Rail planer Rail


length(mm) rail rail

(A) ≥150mm ≥100mm

Figure 7-12 Ajust guide rail

2) Use liner to adjust the gap


3) Adjust straightness of rail by wrench or re-assemble the rails according
to basic line.
4) If rail is not straight, disassemble rail and use hammer to knock on
rail but not make any crack.
5) Discuss with experienced workers to find better ways.
6) Adjust rail to criterion.
7.4.5 Criterion
Base on basic line and do as bellow.
1) Measure BG(Distance between rails)

Car

CWT

Figure 7-13 Measure BG

2) Joint of rail: each side should be straight and meet Sheet7-5


(Figure7-14)

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 32 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

Sheet 7-5 Gap range (mm)

Speed 30~60m/min 90m/min 105m/min

Car rail gap 0.03 0.02 0.02

CWT rail gap 0.05 0.05 0.05

Gap

Figure7-14 Check the gap

3) Use rail gauge to measure the gap as Figure 7-15

Rail gauge

Steel wire Elastic wire

Figure7-15 Check rail angle deviation

Attention:Keep guage level and check two points of each rail

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 33 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

4) Figure 7-16 , use square to check distortion and excursion of rail


center.

Rail center

Square

(Y: Rail head width/2)

Figure 7-16 Measure distortion and excurtion

5) Check liners
6) Check top rail status and dimension of ceiling slab of hoistway to end
of rail.
7) Follow1) to6) to check every rail and adjust as 7.4.4.

7.5 Anchor bolt


7.5.1 Appearance
Bolt、 plain washer、spring
washer and so on,as Figure 7-17。 Length

Figure7-17 Anchor bolt

7.5.2 Operation process and criterion


1) Figure 7-18 Put drill in impact drill。

Figure 7-18 Drill


2) Mark hole depth on the drill。
3) Keep shaft smoothly。

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 34 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

4) Drill to marked depth。


5) Depth refer to Sheet 7-6。

Sheet 7-6 Anchor bolt spec (Unit:mm)

Types (A) (B) (D) Depth of Hole


M10 D14.2 70 D14.5 45±2
M12 D17.3 100 D18 55±2
M16 D21.7 120 D22 65±2
M20 D27.2 200 D28 105±3

*Dimension refer to Figure 7-17 &7-18

6) Incert anchor bolt as Figure 7-19


7) Locate driving tool and use hammer to knock in the bolt.

Driving tool

Hammer

Anchor bolt

Figure 7-19 Fix anchor bolt

*Pay attention to the structure in the wall(Reinforcing steel bar)

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 35 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

7.6 Buffer

7.6.1 Tools
 20mm wrench  Gradienter  Ink marker  Tape measure

7.6.2 Process
1) Clear pit floor before installation
2) Put car and cwt in pit and mark on center position.
3) Put buffer beam in pit according to marking line.(Figure 7-20)

Entrance Hole for buffer

CAR rail center

Car buffer beam

Car and CWT center

Hole for buffer


CWT rail center

Cwt buffer beam

Figure 7-20 Buffer beam

4) Adjust buffer beam to make them right on marking line.


5) Fix buffer(buffer base) on buffer beam by anchor bolt or bolt.

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 36 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

8.Machine room

8.1Introduction

Machine room parts include traction machine part, machine beam, cushion
rubber, machine base and so on,as Figure 8-1,8-2。

Traction machine

Machine base

Machine beam

Figure 8-1 Gearless traction machine 2:1

8.2 Safety

1) Installation shoulde lead by site manager.


2) Check crane hook of machine room.
3) Prevent people from falling by cover holes in machine room.
4) Other requests refer to Section 2-Safety.
8.3 Machine beam

8.3.1 Tools

²Ink marker ²Impact drill ²20mm wrench


²Tape measure ²Welding machine ²17mm wrench
²Hammer ²Driving tool ²19mm wrench

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 37 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

8.3.2 Machine beam part

CWT center
Car center

Figure 8-2 (A) Beam structure-Gearless

Figure 8-2 (B)Beam structure-Gearless

8.3.3 process

1) Marking location position on machine room floor,as Figure8-3.

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 38 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

X
Y

机房墙壁

承 重 梁 长 度
对重轿厢中心线
的位置标记线

Position marking
位置标记线

承重梁 beam
Machine

Figure 8-3 Machine beam position marking line


2) Location is changed by machine type. Position is related with car, cwt
position.
3) Open holes for machine beam on machine room wall according to marking
line as Figure 8-4。

Figure 8-4 Open holes for machine beam 2:1

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 39 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

4) Fix space beam on correct position and use anchor bolt to fix space
beam

Machine beam

Angle
iron
Anchor Welding
bolt

Space
beam

Figure 8-5 Beam installation

5) Centering beam center to marking line. Adjust beam level by inserting


liners.
6) Check level degree of 4 point of beam and all dimensions then fix beams
with bolt sets.
7) After location, check level degree and dimension again and full weld
space beam and machine beam as Figure 8-5. Welding point height should
be more than 3mm
8) If needed, use angle iron(l75*75*9) to weld beam joint as Figure 8-5
8.3.4 Inspection
Max.1mm
1) Gap less than 1mm,Figure 8-6.

Figure 8-6 Length direction level gap

2) Gap less than 0.5mm,Figure


Level

8-7.
Max.0.5mm

Figure 8-7 each beam level gap

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 40 -
Max.0.5mm
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

3) Level gap between beams less than 0.5mm,Figure 8-8

Figure 8-8 level gap between beams

4) Parallel degree less than 1mm,Figure8-9.

Max. 1mm

Figure 8-9 Parallel degree

8.4 Cushion rubber

8.4.1 Process

1) Locate cushion rubber on beam.


2) Match cushion rubber and machine base hole and fix with bolts.
3) Temporarily fix rubber and beam with rail clips to adjust position
easily.
4) After install traction machine and match center, use wrench to fix all
joint as Figure 8-10.

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 41 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

Machine
base

Nut

Cushion
rubber

Rail clip

Machine beam Machine room

Space beam

Figure 8-10 Cushion rubber

8.5 Traction machine and machine base

8.5.1 Tools
²Gradienter ²chain wheel ²17mm wrench
²Spanner ²Plumb line ²19mm wrench
²Chainblock ²Ruler ²Screw driver
8.5.2 Process

1) Locate traction machine position and mark line according to layout


2) Mark car guide rail center line, cwt guide rail center line and car-cwt
center to center line as Figure8-11.

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 42 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

Machine sheave (beam pulley) center

Machine beam

CWT center

CWT rail center

Gap

Car rail center

Car center

Figure 8-11 Mark center line


 Attention: Marking line should be done before beam installation, and use nails and
screws as assistant if there is lifting hole.

3) Lift machine and match machine base fixing hole then use bolts to fix.
4) Lift machine with base and match edge of machine sheave to car center

Q point.
5) Put beam pulley before fixing machine and machine beam.
6) Keep lifting machine by chain block when operating above steps. Match
holes of rubber and machine base than temporarily fix traction machine.
7) Fix beam pulley temporarily with machine base.

8.5.3 Adjust verticality


1) Confirm base and beam edge and each center, insert liner to adjust if
needed.

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 43 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

2) Pull down plumb line from machine sheave center when machine is level
and match line to Q point.(Figure8-10)
Support

Sheave top

3) Pull plumb line from top of machine Sheave

sheave, adjust gradient of sheave and


keep gap<1mm.(Figure8-11)
4) Use 2)same way to pull line from beam
pulley and match A point. Figure 8-11

Sheave
5) With 3)method just gradient of beam bottom

pulley and keep gap<1mm


Figure8-12 Machine sheave upper and
lower deviation

6) Check Q and A point to center


Sheave
both beam pulley and machine
sheave.Figure 8-13 Wire line
Machine base

* After check gradient, fix all


parts
*When Double wrapping, notice the
gap between beam pulley and
Beam pulley
machine sheave

Plumb

Gap

Figure8-13 Sheave centering

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 44 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

8.5.4 Traction machine brake setting(Sample)


8.5.4.1 Tools
²46mm wrench 2EA ²55mm wrench 2EA ²19mm wrench 2EA
²Ruler (mm) ²Feeler gauge(0.1mm,0.2mm)
1) Check brake and system
A. Check all moving parts.
2) Must check ①and ②arm pin shaft move smoothly Setting brake spring
(Figure 8-14,Figure 8-15)
A. Check name plate to find brake type.
B. Screwing spring-pressing nut to adjust force according to ruler ⑤
mark(Figure8-14)
C. Lock both nuts.

Figure 8-14 Brake system

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 45 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

Figure 8-15

3) Adjustment (Figure8-16)
A. Disconnect switch⑥,⑦,but do not brake them。
B. Disconnect fixing plate⑬,release nut⑧,zero clearing。
C. Lock bolt⑧ to 3mm,to make stroke 3mm。
D. Re-fix plate⑬,Lock nut⑭ ,to make cushion plate⑫and fixing
plate⑬ gap about 2mm。(Figure8-16)
E. Lock nut⑨ slightly。

Figure8-16 Fine tuning switch

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 46 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

4) Adjust fine tuning switch(Figure 8-16)


A. Adjust switch⑥and⑦ to make cushion plate⑫ gap about 2mm,each
gap of cushion plate is about 0.5~1mm。
B. Adjust manually,to make the stroke 3mm。
If cushion rubber cause brake cannot move smoothly, move fixing
plate to increase gap of ⑫ and ⑬,and the gap should be less than
1mm.
C. Check switch ⑥ and reset switch position.

5) Check gap of brake lining and coil(Figure8-14)


A. Check gap by feeler gauge。
B. When gap is not well and there is noisy sound, adjust bolt⑪。
C. Or adjust bolt⑧ to increase stroke evenly. Check gap less than
0.2mm and brake stroke should be less than 4mm.
6) Adjust absorber
A. Check if there is sound when brake open and if there is loose when
absorber works.
B. When there is sound, adjust locking nut⑭ to reduce gap of⑫and ⑬.
Notice that adjustive range is 1mm.
C. Re-do as4)B if there is loose.
7) Final check
A. After check switch⑥ lock with nut and notice that do not make it
too tight.
B. Check the stroke and lock nuts.

8.5.5 Setting machine room duct and conduit

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 47 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

8.5.5.1 Materials
1) Hose:Diameter 16mm
2) Hose:Diameter 54mm,length 300mm
3) Lock nut:Diameter 54mm
4) Steel pipe:Diameter 54mm
5) Concrete coating
6) L size pipe(bend):Diameter 54mm
7) L size pipe(bend):Diameter 16mm
8) Steel pipe:Diameter 16mm

9) Bush:Diameter 54mm (for nozzle)


10) Bush:Diameter 16mm (for nozzle)
8.5.5.2 Criterion
See Figure 8-17, set 4 steel pipe under floor 21mm or lower position.

Encoder
Governor

Figure 8-17 Setting conduit sketch map

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 48 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

8.6 Governor

Governor is a safety equipment for emergency stop of car.


8.6.1 Tools

²Welding machine ²Ruler ²Ink marker


²Gradienter ²Tape measure ²Impact drill
²17mm wrench ²19mm wrench
8.6.2 Process
1) Locate position of governor by layout drawing.
2) Check position with car center line(Figure 8-18)。
3) As 8-18,insure X、Y、Z dimension,drill Ф 100 hole。

Marking

Car rail

Governor
hole

Figure 8-18 Mark governor position

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 49 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

4) Locate governor support and use liner to keep level.


5) Make governor level and anchor the support
6) Assemble governor and support.
7) After installation, set governor wire rope and rotate wheel evenly to
put down the rope. Check A and B point of Figure 8-19 and adjust the
degree with 1mm.

Governor
pulley

图 8-19 限速器轮的垂直偏差
8) After installation, concrete surface should be laid on (Figure 8-20),
and the surface should project 5mm more than the support bottom surface。
Governor

Governor
gap

support

Governor rope CAR CWT

Figure 8-20 Governor installation

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 50 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

8.7 Control panel

1) Rules
Control panel should be lifted and installed in machine room 。Size
is 500mm(width)x 700mm(depth)x 1403mm(height)。Weight is 200Kg。
2) Use wire to cross the eyebolt of control panel to lift it.
3) Keep 1m from wall for installation and maintenance at left & front. So
as right if moniter and level lamp are needed.

Figure 8-21 Lift control panel fighre 8-22 Space around control panel

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 51 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

9. Car part

9.1 Introduction
Car includes car frame, car wall, ceiling, car door and so on.

9.2 Safety
Refer to Section 2”Safety”
9.3 Car frame

(1)Locate base frame,keep level with gradienter(Level degree deviation


≤2mm,car and landing door center deviation≤1mm)

Figure 9-1 Locate base frame

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 52 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

Standard parts:
Bolt:GB/T5783-2000 - M20×45
Round washer:GB/T97.1-1985 - 20
Spring washer:GB/T93-1987 - 20
Nut:GB/T6170-2000 – M20

Figure 9-2 Upright installation

(2)Install and adjust upright(Adjust front & rear, and left & right degree
of angle within 1.5mm).

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 53 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

Figure 9-3 Adjust upright

Bolt:GB/T5783-2000 - M20×45
Round washer:GB/T97.1-1985 - 20
Spring washer:GB/T93-1987 - 20
Nut:GB/T6170-2000 – M20

Figure 9-4 Install crosshead

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 54 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

Figure 9-5 Adjust crosshead

(3)Install and adjust crosshead(Left & right level degree≤2mm,


Front&Rear degree≤1mm)
(4)Install tie rod.

Bolt:
GB/T5781-2000-M16×40 Round washer:GB/T97.1-1985 -
Round washer : 16
GB/T97.1-1985 - 16 Spring washer:GB/T93-1987 - 16
Spring washer:GB/T93-1987 Nut:GB/T6170-2000 – M16
- 16
Nut:GB/T6170-2000 – M16 Round washer:GB/T97.1-1985 -
20
Spring washer:GB/T93-1987 - 20
Nut:GB/T6170-2000 – M20

Figure 9-6 Install tie rod

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 55 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

Figure 9-7Install safety gear and guide shoe

(5)Adjust safety gear and install guide shoe,gap is 3.5mm according


to Figure 9-7。

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 56 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

Figure 9-7 Platform


(5)Install platform,Figure 9-7
(6)Install cam,Figure 9-8
( 7 ) Install car pulley , Figure 9-9. Adjust direction of pulley
according to layout drawing. If elevator is 1:1 wraping, there is no
car pulley.

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 57 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

Figure 9-8 Limit cam

Figure 9-9 Car pulley

9.5 Car assembly

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 58 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

Car is assembled by car wall, ceiling, transom panel and (door pole).
1) Car wall quantity is different by program, below is low weight cab.
2) As 9-10,assemble①+②and⑨(if needed),assemble⑦+⑧and⑩(if needed),
and then ③+④和⑤+⑥。
3) One by one fix wall bottom holes of ①+②+⑨,⑦+⑧+⑩,③+④,⑤+
⑥to kick plate holes,as 9-10 and 9-11. Assemble sequence is same if
car wall quantity is different.

Car wall

Kick plate

Floor

Figure 9-10 Car wall assembly Figure 9-11 Fixing wall and kick plate

4) Assemble corners,figure 9-12.

Car wall

Figure 9.12 Corner assembly


5) If there is handrail, it should be temporarily assembled before car wall
installed.
6) After wall is finished,match wall and the end of car sill.

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 59 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

7) Fix transom panel and front wall (or door pole)


8) Before wall is assembled, lift ceiling to crosshead.
9) Put ceiling to top of car wall.
10) Match holes of wall top and ceiling.
11) Make temporarily dustproof cover and keep gap of car wall and upright.
12) Finish all works and measure car wall gradient.Check A,B and others.Figure 9-13
Opening width
Ceiling Transom panel
OP

Front
wall

Column if
(如果有)
needed

Figure 9-13 Check entrance

13) If verticality is not good ,use liner to adjust.


*Deviation is less than 2mm。

14) Fix all parts.


15) Install other little parts of ceiling, such as lights.

9.6 Car door operator and car door

Refer to 《Door system installation manual》

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 60 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

9.7 Locate governor position


Sample:

1) As 9-14,install lever to safet gear hole.


2) Use at least 3 clips to fix governoer rope and lever.
3) Same way to connect lowe rope.
4) Adjust tightness of rope.
5) Tension pulley is installed at least 380mm from pit floor.

Clip

switch

Safety gear

Figure 9-14 Locate governor(Or similar structure)

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 61 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

Figure 9-15 Tension pulley position

9.8 Compensation device

9.8.1 Introduction
Compensation device is used to compensate car diverse weight to keep car
running normally.

9.8.2 Tools
 Tape measure  Wrench(13mm、17mm、21mm、23mm)

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 62 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

9.8.3 Process
1) Make sure there is connecting position under cwt frame. Figure 9 -16
2) To avoid compensation chain shaking, there should be one guide device
fixed on CWT guide rails. Guide device center should be 400~500mm from
pit floor. CWT rail

Comp. guide

Comp.
bracket Pit floor

Figure 9-16 Hook for compensation chain under


CWT frame
Figure9-17 Guide device

3) Keep car on bottom floor and fix bracket to car frame. Figure 9 -18

Comp. chain
bracket

Figure 9-18 Compensation bracket under car frame

4) Take chains to pit, and use U bolt to connect one end of chain with bracket

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 63 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

as Figure 9-19.

Car rail center

Safety gear

Comp. bracket

Comp. chain

Figure 9-19 Compensation under car

5) Run car to top floor and use U bolt to coneect the other end of chain
with CWT frame bracket. Figure 9-20

Comp. chain bracket

Comp. chain

CWT frame

Figure 9-20 Compensation under CWT

*If chain is too long, it should be cut to correct length.

6) Adjust compensation chain to keep chain under car and CWT 350~400mm.
Figure 9-21

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 64 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

7) Bottom of chain and pit floor gap is about 150~200mm as Figure 9 -21.

Car

CWT

Figure 9-21 Criterion

Guide

Bolts

Figure 9-22 Installation of compensation chain

*Pay attention to interference when CWT is on side of hoistway.

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 65 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

10.Wire rope

10.1 Main rope


10.1.1
One end of main rope connect crosshead and the other end connect with
CWT frame for 1:1 wraping.
Process
1) Stay car on top floor. Car sill match landing sill.
2) Keep CWT frame right position at pit .
3) Put all ropes on top floor and insert into rope sockets.
4) Mark at each rope to avoide wrapping.
5) Hang the rope from crosshead rope hole and go around machine sheave
and beam pulley, then pull down to CWT side.
6) Fix rope sockets to crosshead.
7) Cut useless rope after mark the cutting position.
8) Use clip fix wire rope and connect to CWT frame(Refer to 10.1.2)
9) Check if rope is twisting
* Roping is 2:1,see Figure 10-1,

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 66 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

CWT pulley

Car pulley

Figure 10-1 2:1(two kinds)

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 67 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

Figure 10-2 Rope socket work

10.1.2 Rope socket working


(1)Prepare rope and rope socket
(2)Release the wedge
(3)insert more than 330mm and pull it tight with wedge.
(4)Use clip to fix about 30mm from wedge.
(5)Use steel wire to wrap the end of wire rope about 30~35mm.

Caution
 Do not release wire rope without rotate coil to prevent rope from twisting
or broken.
 When carry the rope, keep the rope away from ground floor to avoid abrasion.
 Keep away from high heat working or welding work. If needed, there should
be protective cover.
 Test tension of rope 1 week later and 15 days and 1 month. Check the tension
4 times a year.

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 68 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

11 Working without scaffold


11.1 Install part of template and install buffer beam(Figure11-1)。

1) Install one rail and install temporary car fram, do not interfere
with basic line.
2) 固定好该段导轨的下部,并在底坑相应的地板处安装轿厢和对重缓冲器底
座。Fix the bottom rail, and install buffer beam

Buffer beam Scaffold

Figure 11-1 Bottom template installation

11.2 Install bottom car rail and CWT rail

1) As Figure 11-2, install 2 bottom car rail and CWT rail brackets.
2) Just use bottom scaffold and install rail according to basic line.

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 69 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

2 nd bracket

Base line

Guide rail

1 st bracket

Figure 11-2 Install rail bracket

11.3 Install temporary car frame

1) Keep safety gear level with guide rail.


2) Install upright.
3) Make another guide shoe(Figure 11-3) to fix on frame to avoid
interference.

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 70 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

Guide 导靴
shoe 限速器定位装置
Governor position
A Up or down
上端或者下端

Crosshead
顶梁

Upright
轿厢侧梁

Tie rod
连接杆

A detail(#6)
A部详图(部件6)

Safety gear
安全钳
Guide shoe
导靴

Figure 11-3 Fix temporary guide shoe on frame

11.4 Install crosshead

1) For safety, there should be guard to protect worker.(Figure 11-4)


2) Do as figure 11-4 for reference.
3) Prepare plate on crosshead to avoid falling.

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 71 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

H:1800
顶梁
Crosshead
A A

25A管pipe 图 B-B 32A管pipe

轿厢侧梁
Upright
图 A-A
Figure 11-4 Temporary

11.5 Machine room work

1) Fix the crane to machine room floor with anchor bolt.


2) Install governor to marked position in machine room.
3) Pull down the crane wire to temporary car frame.

11.6 Wire rope

1) Fix wire of crane to car frame with wire clip.


2) Governor rope as usual goes around tension pulley and is fixed to car
frame with wire clip.

11.7 Landing part

Same as work with scaffold


1) Measure entrance width
2) Weld sill support and install jamb.
3) Install landing sill
4) Adjust level and fix with anchor bolt.
11.8 Other guide rails

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 72 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

1) Move temporary car


2) Fix each rail bracket on temporary car.
3) Install second rail on car both side and connect with first guide
rail.
4) Fix rail according to basic line.
5) Repeat step1) to step4) until all rails are finished.

11.9 Main rope

Level the car on top floor after guide rail and landing part are finished
Round the main rope from machine room and pull down the rope to top CWT
frame, then fix all the joints.
*Install traction machine and CWT frame before pull down main rope.

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 73 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

Appendix 1
Author Check Manager
Safety Inspection Diary

Date :
Location Name

Grade Date
Project
(Good, Regular, Bad) Sun. Mon. Tues. Wed. Thurs. Fri. Sat.

1 Clean and sort

2.Safety position on each floor

3. Template on each floor

4. Safety guard for dangerous


place
Jobsite
5. Safety warning sign at
dangerous place

6.Safety screen

7. Electric shock danger

8. Falling hazard at each floor?

1. Helmet

2. Safety shoes
Protective
equipment
3.Lanyard for high altitude work

4.Gloves

Inspector:

manager
Suggestion
of this
week

Remark: 1.。Each inspector must check and record


2. This file should be handed in when hand in the accident report

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 74 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

Appendix 2

Author Check Manager


Safety and Health Education

Date :
Location Worker

Type 1.Before work 2.At work Duty

Education Post: Name:

1.About protective equipment

2. Two people as a team

Education 3. How to use safety screen, warning sign and template.

4. Accident case and how to defend

5. Danger foresee training

Name Sign Name Sign Name Sign

Member

Remark

Remark : 1. Each worker should be educated


2. This file should be handed in when hand in the accident report

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 75 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

Appendix 3

Improvement report

To : „Department
Theme: Improvement report

We had improvement as below about your suggestion:

manager

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 76 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

Appendix 4 Jamb measurement report

Project Name : Team:


Project No. : P. M. :
Date : Owner :

Dimension as below. Unit : mm

Type
Project
Sill H1-1SCO 99
width H1-2SSO 136

JH( Total
height)

JJ EH

Marble
A
Concrete

Total
E/L Depth(WO/ (MH) Top jamb
height
No. JD) Yes/No Yes/No Material Remark
(JH)

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 77 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

Appendix 5 Guide rail inspection report


Project NO. Project Name Type & Quantity Company P.M Manager

Rail (Kg) A B C

Block( ) E/L 编号( )


Rail clip: Fixed( ) Slide( )
Position:
tel:
Block( ) E/L No.( )
Bracket CAR CWT CAR CWT Remark
NO. Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
25
P.M :

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 78 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

Appendix 6 Guide rail criterion


No Criterion Gauge
Check items
. 13 Kg 18 Kg 24 Kg
+3 +3 +3 Tape
1 Length
5000-0 5000-0 5000-0 measure
2 Height 61±0.02 88±0.02 88±0.02 m/m
m/m
-0.05 -0.05 -0.05
3 Head width or vernier
19-0.093 16-0.093 16-0.093
caliper
vernier
4 Flange width 89±1.5 127±2.0 114±2.0
caliper
vernier
5 Waist thickness 9.5±0.7 9.5±0.7 9.5±0.7
caliper
Flange edge vernier
6 8±0.7 8±0.7 12±0.7
thickness caliper
Flange middle vernier
7 11±0.7 11±0.7 16±0.7
thickness caliper
vernier
8 Head height 32±0.9 38±0.9 50±0.9
caliper
Spiral
9 Radium 5R 5R 5R
micrometer
10 Total camber ±2.0 ±1.5 ±1.0 Basic line
11 Part camber Below 0.4 Below 0.3 Below 0.2 ruler
12 Square degree ±0.05 ±0.05 ±0.05 Squre
-0.02 -0.02 -0.02
13 Joint Depth m/m
6-0.05 5-0.05 5-0.05
Joint +0 +0 +0
14 m/m
4-0.03 6-0.03 6-0.03
Joint vernier
15 4±0.2 5±0.2 5±0.2
caliper
Joint -0.02 -0.02 -0.02
16 m/m
6-0.05 5-0.05 5-0.05
Joint +0.03 +0.03 +0.03
17 Gauge block
4-0 6-0 6-0
Joint vernier
18 4.5±0.2 5.5±0.2 5.5±0.2
caliper
+0 +0 +0 vernier
19 Hole working
38-0.5 38-0.5 38-0.5 caliper
Hole vernier
20 76±0.3 76±0.3 76±0.3
caliper
Hole 014 Hole 017 Hole 017 Hole
vernier
21 028 035 035
caliper
Counter-sinking Counter-sinking Counter-sinking
Hole vernier
22 28±0.25 35.5±0.25 40±0.25
caliper

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 79 -
INSTALLATION MANUAL (MECHANICAL)

Hole vernier
23 56±0.5 71±0.5 80±0.5
caliper
Flange underside
24 165 165 165 vernier caper
length
vernier
25 Height 62±0.5 89±0.5 89±0.5
caliper
26 Antirust oil
27 Painting
28 Crack
29 Incision status

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 80 -
Door System Installation Manual

Door System Installation


Manual

Version:2012.04 (V2)

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 1 -
Door System Installation Manual

Catalog
1 Landing door system ………………………1
2 Car door operator …………………………2

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 2 -
Door System Installation Manual

1 Landing door system


1.1 Landing door system installation

1) Landing sill installation

2) Jambs installation

3) Landing door operator installation

4) Landing door installation

5) Toe guard installation

1.2 Landing sill installation

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 3 -
Door System Installation Manual

Fig 1-1 Landing system sketch map


1) Checking base line
① Check the base line
② After checking the finished line and wall finished line of each floor.
< Reference>
- Base line is a base of building. This base planes so all construction works l
ine. Not only the interior work but also elevator work should be established by t
he base line. Therefore discuss that a person in charge of the building should
work and establish the base line.
③ Check the quality of the lumber on floor(apply when deciding the assemb
ly height)
2) Landing Sill Assembly
① Draw entrance center line at right angles to left & right width on landing
sill.

Center Line
SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.
- 4 -
Door System Installation Manual

Fig 1-2 Mark center and width of sill


② Temporarily assemble the landing sill bracket

Base Line

Fig1-3 Assemble two side bracket


③ Fit the bracket into floor base line and piano wire of(OP/JJ), mark the anchor
position and make a hole for anchor bolt at that point.

Fig 1-4 Fix middle bracket


④ Temporarily assemble the sill bracket with anchor bolt
⑤ Assemble toe guard

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 5 -
Door System Installation Manual

Toe guard

Fig 1-5Assemble toe guard

1.3 Jambs installation


Put woods on floor as support, and put jamb pole and upper jamb. Temporarily
assemble the parts.

Bolt List
Upper Jamb

Jamb pole

Fig 1-6 Jamb assembly

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 6 -
Door System Installation Manual

Fig 1-7 Fix jamb bolts


Set pole close to landing sill inside and assemble with bolt temporarily. Adjust
the lower end of jamb to sill width marked line, then fix the bolts.
Sill Line
Open

Jamb pole

Fig 1-8 Aim at line

Fig 1-9 Set pole close to landing sill insid

Check diagonal of A and B and check vercality. Then weld with steel of wall.

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 7 -
Door System Installation Manual

Diagonal A

Diagonal B

Fig 1-10 Check diagonal

Jamb pole

Sill

Fig 1-11 Check verticality


1.4 Landing door operator installation
1) Preparing landing door operator
- After adjusting the landing door hanger case center to entrance center line and left &
right piano wire, mark the anchor position and do anchor hole (M12) work.

2) Landing door operator assembly


① Take off hanger case cover of landing door hanger case.
② Temporarily attach and fix left & light bracket of landing door hanger case by
anchor bolt.
③ Hang the weight rope of landing door hanger case on roller so as not to bec
ome twisted.

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 8 -
Door System Installation Manual

④ Prevent the weight rope from running off.

3) Landing door operator centering


① Pull down plummet at the central bolt for assembly of the hanger case cover
of landing
Door hanger case and adjust the plummet to be centered within 0±1mm arou
nd the
entrance of landing sill.
② Adjust the front & rear center at the central door rail, getting the distance of
bolt piano
(car sill ) lines to be 77.5mm.
③ Adjust the distance between the upper surface of landing sill and the bottom
of door rail to be 2170mm(Open height + 70mm), having same left & light m
easurements in length.
Anchor bolt

Rail
开门高度+70

Height Height+70

Landing sill

Car sill

Fig1-12 (1) Check distance

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 9 -
Door System Installation Manual

Fig1-12 (2) Check distance

Door open
Jamb
±1mm

Door close

Liner
Gap
Gradient
Below±2
±2mm

Sill surface

Fig 1-13 Check gap

2 Car door operator


2.1 Preparation
1)If the car is at top floor, run the car to below floor to install. If the car is at
other floor, run the car upwards.

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 10 -
Door System Installation Manual

2)Install car operator as Fig2-1, and make sure that door operator center fit
car center.。

Fig2-1 Car door operator installation side

3)Install car door: Use 8mm bolt set hang the door panel, and fix door shoe.
Use liner to adjust level. Gradient degree is below 2mm.

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 11 -
Door System Installation Manual

Liner

Liner

Shoe

Car sill

Fig2 -2 Adjustment

2.2 Door Operator Key Dimension

Fig2-3 Key Dimension

Fig2-4Key Dimension Detail

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 12 -
Door System Installation Manual

*46(0~+2)Must be sure to keep when install the operator。


Key dimension are checked out when producing, and they should be inspected
again when installing operator.

Car door operator bracket

Fig 2-5Installation detail

SHANGHAI HYUNDAI ELEVATOR MFG.CO.,LTD.


- 13 -
HYUNDAI ELEVATOR CO., LTD
Rev. TITLE : HIDC-INT2I/INT4I File Name :
Rev. M-도어인버터영문매뉴얼.hwp
Rev. JC100(Side mounted type of door motor) Document No. :
Rev.0 : 2012. 3. 7 CM-132-2B001 (1/26)

HELCO-C5-003-01 A4(210mm×297mm)
HYUNDAI ELEVATOR CO., LTD
Rev. TITLE : HIDC-INT2I/INT4I File Name :
Rev. M-도어인버터영문매뉴얼.hwp
Rev. JC100(Side mounted type of door motor) Document No. :
Rev.0 : 2012. 3. 7 CM-132-2B001 (2/26)

HIDC-INT 2 I
Applicable Motor
I : Induction Motor
S : Synchronous Motor
D : DC Motor

Inverter Capacity
2 : 200 W
4 : 400 W

INT : Integrated

Product Type
Hyundai
Intelligent
Door
Controller

M2 3.00
Program Version

Applicable Inverter
M2 : HIDC-INT2I
M4 : HIDC-INT4I

WJ0301001
Serial Number(Monthly)

Manufactured Month
(01:January)

Manufactured Year
(03:2003)

Assembly Company
WJ : WooJin
HS : HanSa

HELCO-C5-003-01 A4(210mm×297mm)
HYUNDAI ELEVATOR CO., LTD
Rev. TITLE : HIDC-INT2I/INT4I File Name :
Rev. M-도어인버터영문매뉴얼.hwp
Rev. JC100(Side mounted type of door motor) Document No. :
Rev.0 : 2012. 3. 7 CM-132-2B001 (3/26)

HELCO-C5-003-01 A4(210mm×297mm)
HYUNDAI ELEVATOR CO., LTD
Rev. TITLE : HIDC-INT2I/INT4I File Name :
Rev. M-도어인버터영문매뉴얼.hwp
Rev. JC100(Side mounted type of door motor) Document No. :
Rev.0 : 2012. 3. 7 CM-132-2B001 (4/26)

1. OVERVIEW
HIDC-INT2/4I are exclusive controller of door inverter with induction motor. This products
could be realized to motor control of high-performance vector control type by perfect
digital control with DSP and stable speed control with feed back control of the rotor's
position from encoder. You can monitor and set up to parameter value with HHT-2000. You
could deal with error of door inverter because it is displayed error menu of HHT-2000.
Necessarily, It is possible to see DAC output by Oscilloscope.

2. SPECIPICATION

HIDC-INT2I HIDC-INT4I

1 phase AC 220 V ±15% / 60 Hz ±5%


INPUT SUPPLY
(Input Voltage lines must not connect to frame ground )
APPLICABLE
3Φ AC220V, 200 W, 6P, 1.2 A 3Φ AC220V, 400 W, 4P, 1.9 A
MOTOR
APPLICABLE
2500 ppr, Line Drive, 5Vdc
ENCORDER

CONTROL TYPE Sensored Vector Control

CONTROL SIGNAL Open/Close signal(OP, CL, NUD), End signal(OPL, CLL),


INPUT Control signal( RST ), Encoder signal(A,/A,B,/B)
CONTROL SIGNAL
4 kinds( OPL, CLL, 30B, LDT )
& RELAY OUTPUT
PROTECTIVE
Under Voltage, Over Voltage, Over Current, Over Load, Encoder Error
FUNCTION

※ Because this inverter is exclusive inverter that is applied to HYUNDAI ELEVATOR door
operator system, is not applied to other systems. As you need, it must certainly consult
with development responsor.

HELCO-C5-003-01 A4(210mm×297mm)
HYUNDAI ELEVATOR CO., LTD
Rev. TITLE : HIDC-INT2I/INT4I File Name :
Rev. M-도어인버터영문매뉴얼.hwp
Rev. JC100(Side mounted type of door motor) Document No. :
Rev.0 : 2012. 3. 7 CM-132-2B001 (5/26)

3. SYSTEM DIAGRAM

HELCO-C5-003-01 A4(210mm×297mm)
HYUNDAI ELEVATOR CO., LTD
Rev. TITLE : HIDC-INT2I/INT4I File Name :
Rev. M-도어인버터영문매뉴얼.hwp
Rev. JC100(Side mounted type of door motor) Document No. :
Rev.0 : 2012. 3. 7 CM-132-2B001 (6/26)

4. EXTERNAL CONNECTORS
4.1 CONTROL & POWER CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR SYMBOL NAME FUNCTION
24V +24 V power supply Power supply to Close Limit switch, output
CN13 CM Common ( 0 V ) Common of Close Limit switch, output
CLL CLL signal Close Limit switch, input
24V +24 V power supply Power supply to Open Limit switch, output
CN12 CM Common ( 0 V ) Common of Open Limit switch, output
OPL OPL signal Open Limit switch, input
OPLB OPL B contact Open Limit switch signal B contact, output

OPLC OPL C contact Open Limit switch signal C contact, output


CLLB CLL B contact Close Limit switch signal B contact, output
CLLC CLL C contact Close Limit switch signal C contact, output
30B 30 B Signal Door Inverter error signal , output
CN10 LDT Load detect Signal Door Inverter Load Detect signal , output
OP Open Command Door Open Command, input
CL Close Command Door Close Command, input
NUD Nudge Command Door Nudge Close Command, input
RST Reset Command Inverter Reset Command input
CM Control power Common (0V) Contol power supply Common, input
24V +24 V power supply + 24 V power supply, input
CN9
CM Common ( 0 V ) + 24 V Common ( 0 V ), input
VEN Encoder power supply( 5 V ) Encoder power supply ( 5 V ), output
0VE Encoder Common ( 0 V ) Encoder Common ( 0 V ), output
A Phase A Phase A, input
CN8
/A Inv. Phase A Inv. Phase A, input
B Phase B Phase B, input
/B Inv. Phase B Inv. Phase B, input

HELCO-C5-003-01 A4(210mm×297mm)
HYUNDAI ELEVATOR CO., LTD
Rev. TITLE : HIDC-INT2I/INT4I File Name :
Rev. M-도어인버터영문매뉴얼.hwp
Rev. JC100(Side mounted type of door motor) Document No. :
Rev.0 : 2012. 3. 7 CM-132-2B001 (7/26)

5 HHT OPERATION
5.1 HHT DISPLAY & KEY

LCD DISPLAY
- Decrease ITEM Number.
2 Line x 16 Char (Total 32 Char) - At EDIT MODE, Increase DATA Value.

UP
- Move Sub MENU.
ESC ENT - At EDIT MODE, save DATA.
DN

- Move to Upper MENU. - Increase ITEM Number.


- At EDIT MODE, cancel editing data. - At EDIT MODE, decrease DATA Value.

5.2 HHT MENU DIAGRAM


ESC

ENT
ESC ESC
HY UN DA I E LE V AT OR
01 M ON IT OR 01 BAS IC 01 RE F RP M
DOOR IN V E RT E R
ENT ENT 02 F B K RP M
UP DN UP DN
ESC
02 I/ O 0123456789A B CDE F
ENT
UP DN UP DN
ESC
03 E RROR E RRO R1
ENT E RRO R2
UP DN
ESC ESC

02 P ROGRAM 01 C ON T ROL 0 1 O P S ta rt s e c
ENT ENT 0 2 O P S ta rt S p d
UP DN UP DN
ESC
02 IN T E RFA C E 01 DA C Ch1 S LT
02 DA C Ch1 M ax
ENT
UP DN UP DN
P
A ESC
S
03 FAC T ORY S
W
O
R
D
ENT

Keypad menu of HIDC shown in Figure 5.2 is based on the 4 structure. Firstly, Door inverter
logo is displayed to LCD. Secondly, Root directories are composed of Monitor and Program
mode. Thirdly, Monitor mode is composed of Basic, I/O, and Error mode. Program mode is
composed of Control, Interface, Factory mode and Lastly each mode has it's own information
according to the character. Details are explained to chapter 6.

HELCO-C5-003-01 A4(210mm×297mm)
HYUNDAI ELEVATOR CO., LTD
Rev. TITLE : HIDC-INT2I/INT4I File Name :
Rev. M-도어인버터영문매뉴얼.hwp
Rev. JC100(Side mounted type of door motor) Document No. :
Rev.0 : 2012. 3. 7 CM-132-2B001 (8/26)

5.3 MODE SELECTION


The cursor in LCD display indicates a present mode. As you enter a submenu, press
ENTER key as shown in Fig 5.3-1

01 MON I T O R
02 P R OGR A M
Flicker ENTER

01 BAS I C
02 I /O
Fig 5.3-1
As you move to upper menu (previously selected menu), press ESC key as shown in Fig 5.3-2

01 BAS I C
02 I / 0
Flicker ESC

01 MO N I T O R
02 P R OGR A M
Fig 5.3-2

5.4 DATA SETTING IN PROGRAM MODE


After selecting a menu of program mode with up and down, press ENTER key to enter a data
setting mode. At that time, as you press both UP and DOWN key, cursor is moved and Cipher
is changed. When you press UP or DOWN key, each dada is increased or decreased and a sign
is changed to (+) or (-).
For example, It is displayed at the lower sheet as change to OP Start sec. We would change
0.75 (first data of control menu) to 0.76.
1. Move to 02_PROGRAM->01_CONTROL->01_OP_Start_sec
2. Press ENTER key to enter a edit mode. cursor is located to edge of the right.

HELCO-C5-003-01 A4(210mm×297mm)
HYUNDAI ELEVATOR CO., LTD
Rev. TITLE : HIDC-INT2I/INT4I File Name :
Rev. M-도어인버터영문매뉴얼.hwp
Rev. JC100(Side mounted type of door motor) Document No. :
Rev.0 : 2012. 3. 7 CM-132-2B001 (9/26)

3. Press UP and DOWN key at the same time, present setting a cipher cursor is moved to left
1 section. When cursor is edge of the left, if you press UP and DOWN key at the same
time, cursor is moved to edge of the right.
4. By using UP and DOWN key, you can modify to wanted value.
If other data of cipher is modified, you should repeat from 3.
5. After setting to wanted value, press ENTER key, the present value is saved and cursor is
moved to first line. If you pressed ESC key, the value is not saved and returned to the
original value.

0 1 OP S t a r t s e c
+ 0 0 . 7 5 0
ENT

0 1 OP S t a r t s e c
+ 0 0 . 7 5 0
UP DN Press at same time

0 1 OP S t a r t s e c
+ 0 0 . 7 5 0
UP

0 1 OP S t a r t s e c
+ 0 0 . 7 6 0
ENT Save Changed data

0 1 OP S t a r t s e c
+ 0 0 . 7 6 0
※ In the case of driving door inverter (RUN LED of Control Board is "ON" ), data is not
saved, accordingly, as conform setting result, if you revise data, you should change that
39_CL_0_RUN_USE of CONTROL is set up to "OFF[0]" and you should modify at door of close
state, but in case of 38_Keypad_Run is "ON[1]", 37_Keypad_Cmd could be modified on door
inverter driving. when all setting are finished, return 39_CL_O_RUN_USE to "ON[1]" or SW1
of control board or after perfect interception of power supply, reset with method of
supply again for normal driving state.

HELCO-C5-003-01 A4(210mm×297mm)
HYUNDAI ELEVATOR CO., LTD
Rev. TITLE : HIDC-INT2I/INT4I File Name :
Rev. M-도어인버터영문매뉴얼.hwp
Rev. JC100(Side mounted type of door motor) Document No. :
Rev.0 : 2012. 3. 7 CM-132-2B001 (10/26)

5.5 CONTROL MENU RESET


If "02_PROGRAM -> 02_INTERFACE -> 14_CTRL_Init" is changed to "ON", the lower data of
"02_PROGRAM -> 01_CONTROL" is set the setting value of factory.
1. Move to 02_PROGRAM -> 02_INTERFACE -> 14_CTRL_Init
2. Press ENTER key, to enter edit mode.
3. Press UP key ("on")
4. Press ENTER key, the lower data in menu is changed to the setting value of factory.
5. After data setting is finished, automatically, data is returned to "off".

14 CT RL I n i t
OF F
ENT

14 CT RL I n i t
OF F
UP

14 CT RL I n i t
ON
ENT

14 CT RL I n i t
ON
After a lapse of the time

14 CT RL I n i t
OF F

HELCO-C5-003-01 A4(210mm×297mm)
HYUNDAI ELEVATOR CO., LTD
Rev. TITLE : HIDC-INT2I/INT4I File Name :
Rev. M-도어인버터영문매뉴얼.hwp
Rev. JC100(Side mounted type of door motor) Document No. :
Rev.0 : 2012. 3. 7 CM-132-2B001 (11/26)

5.6 CALIBRATION

If you certainly measure the total moved length at first installment or change to
33_System_Ratio, 36_Motor_Select of 02_CONTROL menu or replacement to door inverter, You
could drive with normal open/close pattern. That is Calibration.

※ In case door operator is not standard or phase-order of motor is not normal, confirm to
certification.

(INVERTER:U,V,W <-> MOTOR:U,V,W)


1. Make certain to connector of door inverter and motor.(INVERTER:

You should agree with UVW phase-order of inverter and UVW phase-order of motor.

2. Make certain to the value of measured speed in door inverter.(JUMPER


(JUMPER of CON2 : 2-3)
When door is opening, if the value of Monitor -> Basic -> FBK Rpm is to (+)

You should connect jumper CON2 of inverter control board to 2-3.

※ Certification before Calibration.


1. Check to the connection of Open limit switch and Close limit switch is normal.
OPL LED is lighting at state of normal connection when door is perfectly opened
and when door is perfectly closed, CLL LED is lighting.
2. Door inverter is continuously driving at perfectly open door. Therefore, as order
data can not be changed. so calibration can not be operated.
Necessarily, in case of perfectly closed state of door or middle of state (OLS Off,CLS
Off), Calibration is operated.

※ Process of Calibration must certainly be operated as below program.

Revise "02_PROGRAM -> 01_CONTROL -> 33_System_Ratio" to 34


1. Revise "02_PROGRAM -> 01_CONTROL -> 38_Keypad_Run" to ON[1].
In case of no standard, operate from 2 to 5
2. You should change "02_PROGRAM -> 01_CONTROL -> 36_Motor_Select" to be installed
capacity of motor. (200W, 6P = 200IM[0], 400W, 4P = 400IM[1])
3. Modify to kinds of door in 02_PROGRAM -> 01_CONTROL -> 35_Door_Type.
(Center Open = CO[0], Side Open = SO[1])
4. Revise to be compatible the JJ of door in 02_PROGRAM -> 01_CONTROL -> 34_JJ.
5. Revise to be compatible door system in 02_PROGRAM -> 01_CONTROL -> 33_System_Ratio.
* 33_System_Ratio" = "34"

HELCO-C5-003-01 A4(210mm×297mm)
HYUNDAI ELEVATOR CO., LTD
Rev. TITLE : HIDC-INT2I/INT4I File Name :
Rev. M-도어인버터영문매뉴얼.hwp
Rev. JC100(Side mounted type of door motor) Document No. :
Rev.0 : 2012. 3. 7 CM-132-2B001 (12/26)

6. If you should modify to 1 in 02_PROGRAM -> 01_CONTROL ->32_Calibration, calibration is


operated.
At that time, the calibration of process is different from state of a current door.
1) In case of perfectly close state ( OLS Off, CLS On )
Open to jog speed -> CLS Off -> Open to jog speed for 1sec
-> Close to jog speed -> CLS On -> Open to jog speed ->OLS On
-> Close to automatic pattern -> The state of automatic driving
2) Other states ( OLS Off, CLS Off or OLS On, CLS Off )
Close to jog speed -> CLS On -> Open to jog speed -> OLS On
-> Close to automatic pattern -> The state of automatic driving.
7. After calibration is finished, automatically, 02_PROGRAM -> 01_CONTROL ->
32_Calibration is changed to "2" and 02_PROGRAM -> 01_CONTROL -> 38_Keypad_Run is
changed to "0" and measured total length of door is recorded in 02_PROGRAM ->
01_CONTROL-> 31_Total_Length. To be the state of automatic driving, it is driven as
command.
8. If measured length is shorter than 1/3 of JJ or more than 2 times, it is judged by
calibration error. so 02_PROGRAM -> 01_CONTROL -> 32_Calibration and 02_PROGRAM ->
01_CONTROL -> 31_Total_Length is to be "0". It isn't also driving over jog speed at
automatic driving.

※ If state is not to be calibration, that is, in case of saving '0', inverter is stop when
door is open or close. so door may be moved without permission regardless of
10_OP_Lock_Force or 19_CL_Lock_Force.

HELCO-C5-003-01 A4(210mm×297mm)
HYUNDAI ELEVATOR CO., LTD
Rev. TITLE : HIDC-INT2I/INT4I File Name :
Rev. M-도어인버터영문매뉴얼.hwp
Rev. JC100(Side mounted type of door motor) Document No. :
Rev.0 : 2012. 3. 7 CM-132-2B001 (13/26)

5.7 SPROM INITIAL


If all data is changed to the setting value of factory or version error is originated, SPROM
has to be initial.
1. Move to 02_PROGRAM -> 02_INTERFACE-> 11_SPROM_Init.
2. Press ENTER key, to enter edit mode.
3. Press UP key, to revise data ("on")
4. Press ENTER key, to change all data of the inverter to the setting value of factory.
5. When data change is finished, automatically, door inverter is to be reset, inverter
logo is displayed.

11 S P R OM I n i t
OF F
ENT

11 S P R OM I n i t
OF F
UP

11 S P R OM I n i t
ON
ENT

11 S P R OM I n i t
ON
After a lapse of the time, reset
automatically

HY UNDA I E L E V A T OR
D OOR I NVERT ER

HELCO-C5-003-01 A4(210mm×297mm)
HYUNDAI ELEVATOR CO., LTD
Rev. TITLE : HIDC-INT2I/INT4I File Name :
Rev. M-도어인버터영문매뉴얼.hwp
Rev. JC100(Side mounted type of door motor) Document No. :
Rev.0 : 2012. 3. 7 CM-132-2B001 (14/26)

6 MENU DATA
6.1 MONITOR MENU
6.1.1 BASIC MENU
* You can be monitoring to current state for each item.

ITEM FUNCTION NAME UNIT NOTE

01_REF_RPM rpm Display to command value of the motor speed

02_FBK_RPM rpm Display to measured value of the motor speed

03_REF_MMPS mmps Display to command value of the door speed

04_FBK_MMPS mmps Display to measured value of the door speed

05_DC_Volt Vdc Display to DC Link Voltage

06_Running_mm mm Display to moved length of the door

01 BASIC 07_Rth - Display to the temperature of IPM

08_Iu_Offset A Display to Offset of U-phase current

09_Iw_Offset A Display to Offset of W-phase current

10_RMS_Current Arms Display to RMS to output current of the inverter

Display to command value of speed when pattern of


11_D-REF_MMPS mmps
door is reductive departure of the speed curve.
Display to measured value of speed when pattern of
12_D-FBK_MMPS mmps
door is reductive departure of the speed curve.

6.1.2 IO MENU
It is displayed I/O signal of the door inverter.

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A BCDE F
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 a b c d e f

① - Door Open Command, input, When the command of input is "open", OP LED "On"
② - Door Close Command, input, When the command of input is "close", CL LED "On"
③ - Open Limit Signal, input, At "Open Limit Signal", then OPL LED "On"
④ - Close Limit Signal, input, At "Close Limit Signal", then CLL LED "On"
⑤ - Nudge Command, input, When the Command of input is "Nudge", then NUD LED "On"
⑥ - Fault Reset Command, input, At "Fault Reset Signal", then RST LED "On"
⑦ - Open Decel Command, input, When the Command of input is "Open Decel", then OPD LED "On"

HELCO-C5-003-01 A4(210mm×297mm)
HYUNDAI ELEVATOR CO., LTD
Rev. TITLE : HIDC-INT2I/INT4I File Name :
Rev. M-도어인버터영문매뉴얼.hwp
Rev. JC100(Side mounted type of door motor) Document No. :
Rev.0 : 2012. 3. 7 CM-132-2B001 (15/26)

⑧ - Close Decel Command, input, When the Command of input is "Close Decel", CLD LED "On"
⑨ - 30B (Inverter Error), RELAY output, If the inverter is error, 30B Relay (U18) Off
ⓐ - Watch Dog state, output, Watch Dog LED (green)
ⓑ - Inverter Run state, output, When the inverter is driving, Run LED (green) On
ⓒ - OC (Over Current) state, output, If OC is generated, OC LED (yellow) On
ⓓ - IPM Fault state, output, If IPM Fault is generated, IPM LED (yellow) On
ⓔ - OV (Over Voltage) state, output, If OV is generated, OV LED (yellow) On
ⓕ - 30B (Inverter Error) state, LED output, If the inverter is error, 30B LED (yellow) On

6.1.3 ERROR MENU

ERROR KEYPAD DISPLAY CONTENT

NO ERROR NONE It is not generated error.

IPM ERROR IPM error signal input of door inverter power board.
HW IPM
(HARDWARE) ( generation at once )
The IPM error signal input of door inverter power board is
IPM ERROR
SW IPM continuously generated than setting time.
(SOFTWARE)
( the setting time : 300 usec )
In case the door inverter output current is higher than
OVER CURRENT SW OC
level.( level : 400 %, generation at once )
UNDER VOLTAGE In case DC Link voltage is continued to level less than
SW UV
ERROR setting time. ( level : 65%, setting time : 500 usec )
In case DC Link voltage is continued to level more than
OVER VOLTAGE
SW OV setting time.
ERROR
( level : 130%, setting time : 500 usec )
SPI
SPROM communication error
COMMUNICATION SPI FAULT
( when it is continuously generated to 2 times )
ERROR
Version of SPROM and control board is not agreed.
VERSION ERROR Version Error
( generation at once )
In case IPM temperature of power board is continued more
INVERTER
Over Heat than the setting value with over setting time.
OVERHEAT
setting time 60 sec
In case load current is continued with overload level 1
OVER LOAD ALERT1 Over Load LV1
more than setting time 1. (level1:200%, time1:5sec)
In case load current is continued with overload level 2
OVER LOAD ALERT2 Over Load LV2
more than setting time 2. (level1:150%, time1:30sec)
In case load current is continued with overload level 3
OVERLOAD ALERT3 Over Load LV3
more than setting time 3. (level1:110%, time1:60sec)
In case the speed of motor is continued with overload level
OVERSPEED ALERT Over Speed
more than setting time. (level1:110%, time1:10msec)

UNKNOWN ERROR Unknown Error Unknown

HELCO-C5-003-01 A4(210mm×297mm)
HYUNDAI ELEVATOR CO., LTD
Rev. TITLE : HIDC-INT2I/INT4I File Name :
Rev. M-도어인버터영문매뉴얼.hwp
Rev. JC100(Side mounted type of door motor) Document No. :
Rev.0 : 2012. 3. 7 CM-132-2B001 (16/26)

Firstly, the one of generated error is saved, it can be saved for account of 10, the latest
generated error is located in 01, former generated error is piled up to order (02, 03,...).
But if it is more than 10, it should be erased.
If 02_PROGRAM -> 02_INTERFACE -> 10_ERROR_Clear is revised "ON", error is erased and
automatically, returned to "OFF".

10 E r r o r C l ea r
OF F
ENT

10 E r r o r C l ea r
OF F
UP

10 E r r o r C l ea r
ON
ENT

10 E r r o r C l ea r
ON
After s lapse of the time

10 E r r o r C l ea r
OF F

HELCO-C5-003-01 A4(210mm×297mm)
HYUNDAI ELEVATOR CO., LTD
Rev. TITLE : HIDC-INT2I/INT4I File Name :
Rev. M-도어인버터영문매뉴얼.hwp
Rev. JC100(Side mounted type of door motor) Document No. :
Rev.0 : 2012. 3. 7 CM-132-2B001 (17/26)

6.2 PROGRAM MENU


6.2.1 CONTROL MENU(02 PROGRAM -> 01 CONTROL)
** Revise all data of "control menu" to below values after calibration is finished.

<Side Mounted Type of Door Motor>


INT2I INT2I INT2I INT2I
ITEM FUNCTION NAME STANDARD STANDARD STANDARD STANDARD UNIT NOTE
VALUE VALUE VALUE VALUE
01_OP_Start_sec 0.750 0.750 0.750 0.750 sec
02_OP_Start_Spd 44 44 44 44 mmps
03_OP_Acc 450 450 450 450 mmps^2
04_OP_Max_Speed 400 400 400 400 mmps
05_OP_Dec 450 450 450 450 mmps^2 *Note 1
06_OP_Creep_mm 15 15 15 15 mm
07_OP_Creep_Spd 50 50 50 50 mmps
08_OPL_On_Dec 300 300 300 300 mmps^2
09_OP_Torque 150 150 150 150 %
10_OP_Lock_Force 80 80 80 80 %
11_CL_Acc 400 400 400 400 mmps^2
12_CL_Max_Spd 350 350 350 350 mmps *Note 2
13_CL_Dec 400 400 400 400 mmps^2
14_CL_Creep_mm 20 20 20 20 mm
15_CL_Creep_Spd 20 20 20 20 mmps
16_CLL_On_sec 0.300 0.300 0.300 0.300 sec
17_CLL_On_Spd 10 10 10 10 mmps
18_CL_Torque 120 120 120 120 %
19_CL_Lock_Force 80 80 80 80 %
20_Nudge_Speed 250 250 250 250 mmps
01 CONTROL 21_Stop_Dec 550 550 550 550 mmps^2 *Note 3
22_ReAct_Acc 400 400 400 400 mmps^2 *Note 4
23_Jog_Speed 100 100 100 100 mmps
24_Jog_Acc 300 300 300 300 mmps
25_Reserved 0 0 0 0 - No modification
26_Reserved 0 0 0 0 - No modification
27_Reserved 0 0 0 0 - No modification
28_Reserved 0 0 0 0 - No modification
29_Reserved 0 0 0 0 - No modification
30_Door_Model JC Type JC Type JC Type JC Type -
31_Total_Length mm No modification
32_Calibration 2 2 2 2 -
33_System_Ratio 34 34 34 34 mm/rev
34_JJ 700 800 900 1000 mm
Center
35_Door_Type Center open Center open Center open -
open
36_Motor_Select 200IM 200IM 200IM 200IM -
37_Keypad_Cmd STOP STOP STOP STOP -
38_Keypad_Run OFF OFF OFF OFF -
39_CL 0 Run Use ON ON ON ON -

HELCO-C5-003-01 A4(210mm×297mm)
HYUNDAI ELEVATOR CO., LTD
Rev. TITLE : HIDC-INT2I/INT4I File Name :
Rev. M-도어인버터영문매뉴얼.hwp
Rev. JC100(Side mounted type of door motor) Document No. :
Rev.0 : 2012. 3. 7 CM-132-2B001 (18/26)

*Note 1: Maximum value of HIDC-INT4I is 1200.


*Note 2: Maximum value of HIDC-INT4I is 1200.
*Note 3: Maximum value of HIDC-INT4I is 2000.
*Note 4 : Maximum value of HIDC-INT4I is 2000.

6.2.2 INTERFACE MENU

MINIMUM MAXIMUM INITIAL


ITEM FUNCTION NAME UNIT NOTE
VALUE VALUE VALUE
01_DAC_Ch1_SLT
02_DAC_Ch1_Max
03_DAC_Ch2_SLT By separate measuring implement using, for real
04_DAC_Ch2_Max driving state of door inverter, set up to measuring
05_DAC_Ch3_SLT object and limit of measured the value to measure
06_DAC_Ch3_Max with prepared analog output.
02_INTER 07_DAC_Ch4_SLT
FACE 08_DAC_Ch4_Max
09_Reserved - - - - No modified
10_Error Clear OFF ON OFF -
11_SPROM_Init OFF ON 0FF -
12_Flash_Ver - - - - No modified
13_SPROM_Ver - - - - No modified
14 CTRL Init OFF ON OFF -

6.2.3 FACTORY MENU


The DATA of FACTORY are setting values when it products at factory, therefore there are
protected to not change with secret number.

HELCO-C5-003-01 A4(210mm×297mm)
HYUNDAI ELEVATOR CO., LTD
Rev. TITLE : HIDC-INT2I/INT4I File Name :
Rev. M-도어인버터영문매뉴얼.hwp
Rev. JC100(Side mounted type of door motor) Document No. :
Rev.0 : 2012. 3. 7 CM-132-2B001 (19/26)

7 PARAMETER INSTRUCTION

OLS On
C04

C06
C03 C05
C01

C08

C02 C07
OPEN

OP

CL

OPL

CLL

When door is open, the pattern of speed & signal

CLOSE

C17

C11 C15

C13
C14 C16

CLS On

C12

OP

CL

OPL

CLL

When door is close, the pattern of speed & signal

HELCO-C5-003-01 A4(210mm×297mm)
HYUNDAI ELEVATOR CO., LTD
Rev. TITLE : HIDC-INT2I/INT4I File Name :
Rev. M-도어인버터영문매뉴얼.hwp
Rev. JC100(Side mounted type of door motor) Document No. :
Rev.0 : 2012. 3. 7 CM-132-2B001 (20/26)

7.1 CONTROL LIST

7.1.1 OP Start sec


Initial low speed continuous time when door is open. [sec]
7.1.2 OP Start Spd
Initial low speed time when door is open. [mmps]
7.1.3 OP Acc
The slant of acceleration when door is open. [mmps^2]
7.1.4 OP Max Speed
Maximum open speed when door is open. [mmps]
7.1.5 OP Dec
The slant of reduction of speed when door is open. [mmps^2]
7.1.6 OP Creep mm
Creep length when door is open. [mm]
7.1.7 OP Creep Spd
Creep speed when door is open. [mmps]
7.1.8 OPL On Dec
After Open Limit signal is "ON" when door is open, that is reduction of speed. [mmps]
7.1.9 OP Torque
Input to percent of rated Torque and maximum Torque when door is open. [%]
7.1.10 OP Lock Force
When door is perfectly open state, the percent of continuous force, input to percent of
rated Torque. [%]
7.1.11 CL Acc
The slant of acceleration when door is close. [mmps^2]
7.1.12 CL Max Spd
Maximum speed when door is close. [mmps]
7.1.13 CL Dec
The slant reduction of speed when door is close. [mmps^2]
7.1.14 CL Creep mm
l The length of Creep when door is close. [mm]
7.1.15 CL Creep Spd
The speed of Creep when door is close. [mmps]
7.1.16 CLL On sec
When door is close, after Close Limit signal, driving time. [sec]
7.1.17 CLL On Spd
When door is close, after Close Limit signal, driving speed. [mmps]
7.1.18 CL Torque
When door is close, maximum Torque, input to percent of rated Torque. [%]

HELCO-C5-003-01 A4(210mm×297mm)
HYUNDAI ELEVATOR CO., LTD
Rev. TITLE : HIDC-INT2I/INT4I File Name :
Rev. M-도어인버터영문매뉴얼.hwp
Rev. JC100(Side mounted type of door motor) Document No. :
Rev.0 : 2012. 3. 7 CM-132-2B001 (21/26)

7.1.19 CL Lock Force


When door is perfectly close state, the percent of continuous force, input to percent of
rated Torque.
7.1.20 Nudge Speed
Maximum speed when Nudge is close. [mmps]
7.1.21 Stop Dec
The slant of reduction of speed when it stoped on opening or closing [mmps^2]
7.1.22 React Acc
Door reopening slant of acceleration. [mmps^2]
7.1.23 Jog Speed
Maximum speed when door is jog driving.[mmps^2]
7.1.24 Jog Acc
Slant of acceleration/reduction when door is jog driving. [mmps]
7.1.25 Reserved
Reserved data, no modified.
7.1.26 Reserved
Reserved data, no modified.
7.1.27 Reserved
Reserved data, no modified.
7.1.28 Reserved
Reserved data, no revised.
7.1.29 Reserved
Reserved data, no modified.
7.1.30 Door Model
This Data is applied to HIDC-INT4I, which select model of HELCO door device.
When it is modified with "H Type", then value is automatically initial value for H Type.
M Type[0] : M Type
H Type[1] : H Type
7.1.31 Total Length
Measured length from OPL to CLL, If you did calibration, the value is modified but is
not modified at discretion. [mm]
7.1.32 Calibration
Measure length between OPL and CLL.
If 38_Keypad_Run is only “ON[1]”, you should be modified.
0 : not measured.
1 : Calibration
2 : Calibration is operated, when it is finished, is automatically modified "2",
User could not change to "2" at discretion.
7.1.33 System Ratio
Moved length when motor has 1 revolution. [mm/rev]

HELCO-C5-003-01 A4(210mm×297mm)
HYUNDAI ELEVATOR CO., LTD
Rev. TITLE : HIDC-INT2I/INT4I File Name :
Rev. M-도어인버터영문매뉴얼.hwp
Rev. JC100(Side mounted type of door motor) Document No. :
Rev.0 : 2012. 3. 7 CM-132-2B001 (22/26)

7.1.34 JJ
Opening length of door. [mm]
7.1.35 Door Type
Select to kinds of door.
Center Open[0] : CO TYPE(Center Open)
Side Open[1] : SO TYPE(Side Open)
7.1.36 Motor Select
Select to kinds of motor.
200IM[0] : 200 W 6P induction motor
400IM[1] : 400 W 4P induction motor
7.1.37 Keypad Cmd
Input to driving command when drives to passive with keypad.
If 38_Keypad_Run is “ON[1]”, could be modified or could be revised on driving of
inverter.
STOP[0] : stop
OPEN[1] : Open driving
CLOSE[2] : Close driving
NUDGE[3] : Nudge Close driving
After all driving is finished, is automatically modified to "STOP"
7.1.38 Keypad Run
When it is driving to inverter with Keypad, should be changed to "ON[1]"
and if it is changed to "ON[1]" in Calibration, you could operate to Calibration. After
Calibration is finished, it is changed to "OFF[0]" at natural.
7.1.39 CL 0 Run Use
In case door is closed, you should decide to zero speed driving possibility. If this
data is "ON[1]", in case door is closed, it is zero-speed driving for 3 minute at no signal
and if this data is "OFF[0]", is not zero-speed driving then door inverter is stop. This
value could be changed on driving. that is, when door is perfectly closed, in the event of
zero-speed driving, If this value is changed to "OFF[0]", door inverter is stop at once
without open/close command. If you should change to other setting value, door inverter is
not revised on driving, therefore like to this method, you ought to brake door inverter
and change to the setting the value. If it was finished, you change 39_CL_0_Run_Use to
"ON[1]" or if you reset to door inverter, it is always reset to "ON".

HELCO-C5-003-01 A4(210mm×297mm)
HYUNDAI ELEVATOR CO., LTD
Rev. TITLE : HIDC-INT2I/INT4I File Name :
Rev. M-도어인버터영문매뉴얼.hwp
Rev. JC100(Side mounted type of door motor) Document No. :
Rev.0 : 2012. 3. 7 CM-132-2B001 (23/26)

7.2 Interface List


7.2.1 DAC Ch1 SLT
7.2.2 DAC Ch1 Max
7.2.3 DAC Ch2 SLT
7.2.4 DAC Ch2 Max
7.2.5 DAC Ch3 SLT
7.2.6 DAC Ch3 Max
7.2.7 DAC Ch4 SLT
7.2.8 DAC Ch4 Max
As this item is regardless of driving of door, if you modify, It is for nothing in
door driving. This item is displayed a writing.
7.2.9 Reserved
No modified
7.2.10 Error Clear
Reset to content of recorded error on 01_MONITOR -> 03_ERROR menu.
7.2.11 SPROM Init
Reset to SPROM. When Version Error is generated, you should change to version of SPROM
to version of Flash Rom.
After SPROM reset, door inverter is reset automatically.
7.2.12 Flash Ver
It is displayed the program of Flash Rom in door inverter, is not modified.

12 F l ash Ve r
M2 3 . 0 0
Applicable Inveter Type
FLASH Rom Program
M2 : HIDC-INT2I
Version
M4 : HIDC-INT4I
S1 : HIDC-120IM

7.2.13 SPROM Ver


It is displayed the program of SPROM in door inverter.
If you do "02_PROGRAM -> 02_INTERFACE -> 11_SPROM_Init", you could reset to the same
version as the version Flash Rom.

13 S P R OM V e r
M2 3 . 0 0
Applicable Inverter Type
SPROM Program
M2 : HIDC-INT2I
Version
M4 : HIDC-INT4I
S1 : HIDC-120IM

HELCO-C5-003-01 A4(210mm×297mm)
HYUNDAI ELEVATOR CO., LTD
Rev. TITLE : HIDC-INT2I/INT4I File Name :
Rev. M-도어인버터영문매뉴얼.hwp
Rev. JC100(Side mounted type of door motor) Document No. :
Rev.0 : 2012. 3. 7 CM-132-2B001 (24/26)

APPENDIX A. TEST PIN FUNCTION INSTRUCTION

TP NAME DESCRIPTION
+15V Power supply ( +15Vdc )
-15V Power supply ( -15Vdc )
GND Common terminal ( 0Vdc )
IU U-phase current Analog input voltage ( 0 ~ 3.3 Vdc )
IW W-phase current Analog input voltage ( 0 ~ 3.3 Vdc )
VDC Vdc voltage Analog input voltage ( 0 ~ 3.3 Vdc )
RTH Temperature measurement Analog input voltage ( 0 ~ 3.3 Vdc )
VCC Control power supply voltage on Control board( +3.3Vdc )
U+ IPM U Top Gate signal ( when it is Low signal, IPM Turn On )
V+ IPM V Top Gate signal ( when it is Low signal, IPM Turn On )
W+ IPM W Top Gate signal ( when it is Low signal, Turn On )
U- IPM U Bottom Gate signal ( when it is Low signal, IPM Turn On )
V- IPM V Bottom Gate signal ( when it is Low signal, IPM Turn On )
W- IPM W Bottom Gate signal ( when it is Low signal, IPM Turn On )
BK IPM BK Gate signal ( Break Turn On )
FAULT IPM error signal, when it is normal, High and when it is error, Low
EDGE 2times signal of encoder signal
PB B phase-signal of Encoder
PA A phase-signal of Encoder
/PF Power Fail, when it is normal and High, when it is error, Low
5V Control power supply for Control board ( +5 Vdc )
VEN Encoder power supply ( +5 Vdc )
0EN Encoder power supply Common ( 0 Vdc )

※ HIGH(+3.3Vdc), LOW(0Vdc)
※ Encoder power supply is isolated board power supply.

HELCO-C5-003-01 A4(210mm×297mm)
HYUNDAI ELEVATOR CO., LTD
Rev. TITLE : HIDC-INT2I/INT4I File Name :
Rev. M-도어인버터영문매뉴얼.hwp
Rev. JC100(Side mounted type of door motor) Document No. :
Rev.0 : 2012. 3. 7 CM-132-2B001 (25/26)

APPENDIX B. ANALOG OUT FUNCTION INSTRUCTION

FBK IAS U-phase current


FBK IBS V-phase current
FBK ICS W-phase current
FBK VDC DC Link voltage
FBK IDSS Excitation current exchanged value
FBK IQSS Torque current exchanged value
REF RPM Speed command
FBK RPM Speed measured value
DAC
SLIP RPM Slip speed measured value
Channel
REF IDSE Excitation current command value
Select
FBK IDSE Excitation current measured value
REF IQSE Torque current command value
FBK IQSE Torque current measured value
REF VDSE Excitation voltage command value
REF VQSE Torque voltage command value
SC KA ERROR Anti Wind Up error
DOOR STATUS state of door
DOOR SIGNAL door signal

DAC 50% -50% ~ +50% of based value -> output to -10V ~ +10V
Channel 100% -100% ~ +100% of based value -> output to -10V ~ +10V
Max 200% -200% ~ +200% of based value -> output to -10V ~ +10V

HELCO-C5-003-01 A4(210mm×297mm)
HYUNDAI ELEVATOR CO., LTD
Rev. TITLE : HIDC-INT2I/INT4I File Name :
Rev. M-도어인버터영문매뉴얼.hwp
Rev. JC100(Side mounted type of door motor) Document No. :
Rev.0 : 2012. 3. 7 CM-132-2B001 (26/26)

APPENDIX C. JUMPER FUNCTION INSTRUCTION

JUMPER NAME DESCRIPTION

Direction decision of encoder signal, when motor is rotated to clockwise


from pulley axis, Speed Fbk of HHT is set up to be (+).
2-3 : In case of clockwise rotation with normal connection, Speed Fbk of
CON2 HHT is expressed (+).
1-2 : In 2-3 state, In case of clockwise rotation,
rotation Speed Fbk of HHT is
connected when it is expressed (-). After revised connection, Speed Fbk
of HHT is set up to be (+).

HIDC DOOR INVERTER A REFERENCE

HYUNDAI ELEVATOR R&D CENTER POWER ELECTRONICS TEAM


☎ 082-31-644-5134, 4873

HELCO-C5-003-01 A4(210mm×297mm)
The description of TM assembling
1. The exterior of TM

630-1000kg 1150kg 1350-1600kg

2. Description
1) 630-1000kg

As shown above: First , install the machine foundation, then use the bolt to fasten the TM. After
the TM locating, cut support plate 1 to suit the distance between the TM and the wall, and fix
support 2 to the wall at a suitable location by anchor bolts. At last, connect support plate 1 and
support 2 by welding.
2) 1150kg

As shown above, the diffrences between 1150kg and 630-1000kg TM assembling will be
described below: After locating the machine foundation, cut the CWT rail according to the
requirement shown above.Then a rail bracket should be located above the CWT rail assembling
plate to fix the CWT rail.Next continue the other steps shown in the 630-1000kg TM assembling
description.
3) 1350-1600kg

For dimensioning exactly, the right figure above hides rail and rail assembling plate on one side.
As shown above, the diffrences between 1350-1600kg and 630-1000kg TM assembling will be
described below: After locating the TM, take down the bolts which were used to hang up the
TM.And connect the support plate 1, support plate 3 and the TM with the bolts packed in the
packing case. Cut support plate 3 to suit the distance between the TM and the wall, and fix support
2 to the wall at a suitable location by anchor bolts.At last connect support plate 3 and support 2 by
welding.
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE STVF7 ADJUST MANUAL
REV.0 2009.11.06 STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

ADJUSTMENT MANUAL

STVF7 SERIES

ADJUSTMENT MANUAL

This manual is the property of Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd


and is loaned subject to return upon demand.
Contents of this publication shall not be reproduced in any
form without written permission of Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd.

HYUNDAI ELEVATOR CO., LTD.

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 1 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE STVF7 ADJUST MANUAL
REV.0 2009.11.06 STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

ADJUSTMENT MANUAL

TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. INTRODUCTION ·············································································································································· 3
1-1. Main feature ············································································································································· 3

2. INSTALLATION ·················································································································································· 3
2-1. Safety ························································································································································ 3

3. BOARDS ADJUSTMENT ································································································································· 5


3-1. MCU Board & PIO Board Adjustment ······························································································· 5
3-2. GIO Board Adjustment ·························································································································· 6
3-3. TNP Board Adjustment ·························································································································· 8
3-4. CCB-7 Board Adjustment ·················································································································· 10
3-5. OPB-340 Board Adjustment ·············································································································· 11
3-6. HPI/HIP CAN Board Adjustment ······································································································· 12
3-7. Voice Synthesizer ································································································································· 15
3-8. CPI-CAN Board Adjustment ··············································································································· 16
3-9. LS Board Adjustment ··························································································································· 17

4. INSPECTION OPERATION ························································································································· 18


4-1. Brake line connection ························································································································· 18
4-2. Power line connection ························································································································ 18
4-3. Motor line connection ························································································································· 18
4-4. Check points after turning on the power ······················································································· 18
4-5. Operate Inspection ······························································································································· 19

5. INITIALIZING OPERATION ························································································································· 20


5-1. Purpose ·················································································································································· 20
5-2. Check subjects ···································································································································· 20
5-3. Operating Procedure ···························································································································· 21
5-4. Cautious Subjects ································································································································ 21
5-5. Initialization Flow Chart ····················································································································· 23

6. LOAD COMPENSATING DEVICE SETUP ······························································································ 24


6-1. Purpose ·················································································································································· 24
6-2. Procedure ··············································································································································· 24

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 2 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE STVF7 ADJUST MANUAL
REV.0 2009.11.06 STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

ADJUSTMENT MANUAL

1. INTRODUCTION

1-1. Main feature


(1) STVF7, LXVF7, SSVF7 are designed to apply CAN(Controller Area Network) communication,
multi pattern drive and direct landing drive.
(2) User can check data and elevator status with HHT(Hand Held Terminal).
(3) Name
- STVF7 : Geared System
- LXVF7 : Gearless System
- SSVF7 : Machine-Room-Less System
(4) Feature
- CPU : 32 Bit Microprocessor
- Speed : ~150 meter per minute(LXVF7 : Max 150m/m)
- Floor : ~64 floor
- Group Car : ~8 car
- STVF7, LXVF7 and SSVF7 are designed to use same PCB boards.
STVF7 LXVF7 SSVF7
Main Controller PCB MCU Board
In/Out PCB PIO Board
Terminal & Power PCB TNP Board
Car Top PCB CCB-7 Board
In Car Controller PCB OPB-340 Board
In Hall Controller PCB Hall-CAN Board
- RING GROUP (GROUP Controller + GIO)
Group Controller PCB
- DUPLEX GROUP (GIO : CAN type)
Door inverter HIDC type

[Table 1. Similarity between STVF7, LXVF7, SSVF7]


- Difference between STVF7, LXVF7, SSVF7
STVF7 LXVF7 SSVF7
GN, GF, GL,
Motor Series TM GT, GX
GM, GS
900GT,
900SS,
Inverter 900G 910GT,
2000SS
2000GT
Limit position *It is different as speed and inverter.
Cable connection *Refer to electrical diagram
[Table 2. Difference between STVF7, LXVF7, SSVF7]

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 3 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE STVF7 ADJUST MANUAL
REV.0 2009.11.06 STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

ADJUSTMENT MANUAL

2. INSTALLATION

2-1. Safety
(1) Be very careful to keep the following caution required to prevent injury of the
workers and to protect the product from being damaged.

(2) As this system uses serial communication, correct and thorough grounding is vitally
required to prevent any mis-operation of the system and damage of the components.

(3) As all the connections are done by the harness connectors and there are many
connectors in similar appearance, it's very important to confirm right label or marking,
connectors color of the connectors before connecting them.
Any wrong connection can cause mis-operation and serious damage to the system.
Unstable connection also should be checked out and corrected to ensure the normal
operation.

(4) As Car Junction Board is installed in the car junction box, be careful that the board is
not damaged by the leaking of water during installation. Refer to Figure 1.

[Figure 1. Leaking of water prohibited against car junction box]

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 4 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE STVF7 ADJUST MANUAL
REV.0 2009.11.06 STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

ADJUSTMENT MANUAL

3. Boards Adjustment

Note
All boards are prescribed at factory.
Don't reset except for troubleshooting or changing the specification.

Warning
Turn off the main power breaker(NFB1,2) before taking out any boards.

3-1. MCU Board & PIO Board Adjustment

To INVERTER CN7 PIO Board

MCU Board

Reset
Button

To Power Supply
Mercury
Battery
To Hall Comm.

To CAR Comm.
To
GIO Board

To TNP Board H2 To TNP Board H3

[Figure 2. MCU Board Connection]

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 5 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE STVF7 ADJUST MANUAL
REV.0 2009.11.06 STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

ADJUSTMENT MANUAL

3-2. GIO Board Adjustment


(1) GIO board for ring group
- For ring group, 2 optical modules are inserted on GIO board.
- "D1" LED should be on in normal operation
- If "D1" LED not on, check the connection with the group controller or former elevator.
- And check the DC 24V power of CN3 connector.
- If #1 elevator, "select switch" should be on 1. (If #2, it should be on 2.)
- If changed "select switch", please push the reset button.
- For group operation, please refer to "STVF7 SERIES HHT MANUAL".

[Figure 3. GIO Board for Ring Group]

[Figure 4. Connection of Ring Group]

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 6 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE STVF7 ADJUST MANUAL
REV.0 2009.11.06 STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

ADJUSTMENT MANUAL

(2) GIO board for duplex group


- For duplex group, CAN cable is connected on CN2 connector.
- "CAN-TRX" LED should be on in normal operation.
- If "CAN-TRX" LED not on, check the connection with next elevator.
- For group operation, please refer to "STVF7 HHT MANUAL".

[Figure 5. GIO Board for Duplex Group]

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 7 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE STVF7 ADJUST MANUAL
REV.0 2009.11.06 STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

ADJUSTMENT MANUAL

3-3. TNP Board Adjustment


- TNP (Terminal and Power) board is used for external input, output terminal, and power
transformation.

[Figure 6. TNP Board]

- Only "SSVF7" TNP board has a MCX2 relay, so TNP board of "SSVF7" is different from
that of "STVF7 and LXVF7".
Name Use Remark
BKA Brake Power line DC 24V
BRB BKB Contactor DC 24V
RBK sub brake "ON" in normal
BKP Variable Voltage of Brake Coil DC 24V
RUN BKA, BRB relay DC24V
X29 safety line DC 110V
MCX1 MC1 contactor
MCX2 MC2 contactor for SSVF7
X40 Car door interlock DC 110V
X41 Hatch door interlock DC 110V
SW1 AUTO/INS(Auto/Inspection)
SW2 UP/DOWN(Manual Up / down operation) at Inspection
SW3 ESTOP/OFF(safety line)
[Table 3. Specification of relays]

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 8 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE STVF7 ADJUST MANUAL
REV.0 2009.11.06 STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

ADJUSTMENT MANUAL

- all connections are referred to electrical diagram "COL 2A,2B,2C,3A,3B,4A"


Item Connection Pin
H2 to PIO board 50p
H3 to PIO board 26p
H9 to inverter CN12 34p
TR1 to transformer
CP2 to CPR1 breaker 2p
CP9, 10, 14, 16,
to brake coil line
JUMPER1
CP5 to power supply DC 5V 2p
CP6 to C/P fan 2p
CP8 to T1B harness 6p
CT3B to governor, BKOP 8p
JT1 to NPR or Jumper(No NPR) 2p
CT1, 2 to final limit switch
CT80 to FR2R 6p
CT6 to buffer, pit 7p
CT66, 67 to limit switch
T1 to CCB-7 board 21p
CT47 to installation remote controller 3p
CT51 to sub brake 5p
CT3A to fire man return switch, parking switch 4p
CT52 to ccs, mt 4p
to emergency power system,
CT53 7p
earthquake sensor, emergency landing system
CT56 to emergency landing system, MFAN 5p
CT58 to X-relay 7p
CT65 to MC1, MC2, BKB contactor 7p
CT55 to MC2, BKB contactor 6p
CT70 to X-relay 2p
CT34 to hall can board 5p
CT16 to remote monitor system 7p
[Table 4. TNP board connection]

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 9 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE STVF7 ADJUST MANUAL
REV.0 2009.11.06 STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

ADJUSTMENT MANUAL

3-4. CCB-7 Board Adjustment


- CCB-7 Board is installed in car junction box.

[Figure 7. CCB-7 Board]


DEVICE CONNECTOR REMARK
Safety switch CC5
Exit switch CC8
Compensating chain CC7 Jumper (not used)
Gate switch 1 CC4B
Gate switch 2 CC4 Jumper (not used)
Door inverter CC50
Safety edge 1 CC25B Jumper (not used)
Safety edge 2 CC25 Jumper (not used)
Safety ray power CC23, CC23B
Safety ray 1 CC24B Jumper (not used)
Safety ray 2 CC24 Jumper (not used)
CC24B Jumper
Multi beam CC24
CC16B Multi beam adapter
Landing device sensor CC3
Dummy sensor CC56 for Non-stop floor
Door load detector CC55 for door turn function
Cage fan CC17
Cage light CC18
Emergency light CC28
BGM speaker CC11
OPB CAN communication CC54A, CC54B to "CC54A" of OPB-340 board
Voice synthesizer CC54C to "CN2" of voice synthesizer
Emergency power supply CC27
CPI-CAN CC58 to "CH1" of CPI-CAN board
[Table 5. CCB-7 Board Connection]

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 10 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE STVF7 ADJUST MANUAL
REV.0 2009.11.06 STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

ADJUSTMENT MANUAL

3-5. OPB-340 Board Adjustment


(1) Connection
- OPB-340 Board is used for car call, key box connection, LS board connection, and etc.
- please refer to Figure 8.

[Figure 8. OPB-340 Board]

(2) DIP Switch adjustment


- OPB-340 Board has a ID of its own. So please check DIP switch.
DIP Switch
OPB Type
1 2 3 4
Main OPB off off off off
Sub OPB off off off on
Handicap OPB #1 off off on off
Handicap OPB #2 off off on on
[Table 6. OPB-340 Board DIP Switch]
(3) OPB Button
- Resistor of button PCB is 300ohm. (differed from hall button)

(4) Jumper Pin (JU1)


- Jumper Pin (JU1) must be short.

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 11 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE STVF7 ADJUST MANUAL
REV.0 2009.11.06 STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

ADJUSTMENT MANUAL

3-6. HPI/HIP CAN Board Adjustment

[Figure 9. HPI & HIP CAN Board]

(1) The color of HPI/HIP CAN board is Red.


(2) One set of HPI/HIP treats the data of one floors.
(3) Set a floor with SW1 on HPI/HIP CAN board.
SW1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 EX) If you want to set 12 floor, set on Dip3, Dip4.
Floor 1 2 4 8 16 32 64 (Dip3 + Dip4 = 4 + 8 = 12)
Example)
SW1(0011000) 12F * Caution *
SW1(1101000) 11F SW1 is turned on by up direction.
SW1(0101000) 10F
SW1(1001000) 9F 1 : ON
SW1(0001000) 8F
0 : OFF
SW1(1110000) 7F
SW1(0110000) 6F
SW1(1010000) 5F
SW1(0010000) 4F
SW1(1100000) 3F
SW1(0100000) 2F
SW1(1000000) 1F

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 12 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE STVF7 ADJUST MANUAL
REV.0 2009.11.06 STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

ADJUSTMENT MANUAL

(4) Connect the connector and JP as shown in the following table. (Refer to Figure 9.)
- In case of HPI/HIP Can board at lowest floor, CH4 connector should be used
with end-resistor (120 ohm).

Name Item Name Item


Connect CG1 on GH3 Bd
SW1 Set a floor CH3
for lantern & Chime
1)Communication cable to lower
Communication cable HPI/HIP.
CH1 CH4
from upper HPI/HIP 2)At lowest floor, connector
should be used with end-resistor.
CH2 Hall button cable SW2 Use for handicap car
Connect hall button cable Use for indicator scroll
CH2B JP1
to next HPI/HIP for group on HIP CAN Board.
[Table 7. HPI/HIP Board Connection]

(5) In case that hall button for the handicap car exists ;
- For group, handicap hall button should be installed independently from other car.
(CH2B is not used)
- Handicap function for group is only used for ring group system.
- Set MCU HHT : 3.SETUP >> 3.1 Basic >> 31b Field >> B44 Handicap Use → "Enable".
- Set MCU HHT : 3.SETUP >> 3.2 Device >> 32h Hall.1 Type → "Handicap Call"
- Refer to "STVF7 HHT MANUAL" and "STVF7 GROUP CONTROL SYSTEM MANUAL".

(6) Ground Line Connection : the ground line is connected to HPI/HIP board case.

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 13 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE STVF7 ADJUST MANUAL
REV.0 2009.11.06 STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

ADJUSTMENT MANUAL

(7) GH3 Board


- GH3 board should be connected to HPI/HIP CAN board for lantern and chime.
- GH3 board is installed in cableway with lantern power cable.

[Figure 10. GH3 Board in cableway]

[Figure 11. Cableway Installation]

- According to figure 11, "CABLEWAY" which is installed with GH3 board should be fixed
vertically for waterproof.

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 14 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE STVF7 ADJUST MANUAL
REV.0 2009.11.06 STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

ADJUSTMENT MANUAL

3-7. Voice Synthesizer


1) Voice synthesizer is a role of button sound and announcing the current floor.
2) If "SW2" all dip switches are on, you can listen all recorded sound.
3) For normal voice operation, please setup "SW2" all dip switches are off.

Cable Name From To

CAN communication CCB-7 CC54C Voice syn. CN2

Speaker cable speaker - Voice syn. CN4

Emergency
Emergency power cable CN2 Voice syn. CN1
power supply
[Table 6. Voice synthesizer connection]

[Figure 12. Voice synthesizer]

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 15 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE STVF7 ADJUST MANUAL
REV.0 2009.11.06 STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

ADJUSTMENT MANUAL

3-8. CPI-CAN Board Adjustment


- CPI(Car Position Indicator)-CAN board is same with HPI-CAN board.
- "CC58" of OPB-340 board or that of CCB-7 board is connected to "CH1" of CPI-CAN
board.
- Refer to Figure 13.

[Figure 13. CPI-CAN Board]

- All DIP switch of SW1 of CPI-CAN Board are "ON".


SW1(DIP Switch) 1: ON
SW2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0: OFF

CPI-CAN X 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SW1

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 16 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE STVF7 ADJUST MANUAL
REV.0 2009.11.06 STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

ADJUSTMENT MANUAL

3-9. LS Board Adjustment


- LS board (HLC-2004) is a primary role to decrease start shock.
- Please refer to figure 14.

[Figure 14. LS Board]

- Install the LS sensor under the car, and connect to the "CN1,CN2" of LS board.
- And set dip switch 1 and 2 on.
(If Ls sensor is one unit only, connect it to the "CN1" connector of LS board and
set on dip sw 1 only also)
- LS sensor must be installed in state of being pressed with about 10mm.

[Figure 15. LS Sensor position]

- Refer to the "Chapter 6. Load Compensating Device".

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 17 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE STVF7 ADJUST MANUAL
REV.0 2009.11.06 STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

ADJUSTMENT MANUAL

4. INSPECTION OPERATION

4-1. Brake line connection


- Check the connection between brake and CP terminal "TD".
- B3(TD-11), B4(TD-12), BKOP(TD-7), P24(TD-8)
4-2. Power line connection
- Check the power line connection from the building power distribution box. (R,S,T)
4-3. Motor line connection
- Check the motor line connection from inverter. (U,V,W)
4-4. Check points after turning on the power
(1) Check the setting condition of "Auto/Inspection" switches as follows
- "SW1" of TNP board -> "INS" position
- "SW3" of TNP board -> "E-STOP" position
- Car Top/Internal "AUTO/INS" switch ->"AUTO" position
(1) Check any trouble by turning on each breaker "NFB1" and "NFB2" in regular order.
(2) Check the voltage of each power supply.

Check Point Voltage


MCU Board (CM1) DC 5V
Safety Line (P110, N24) DC 110V
Input / output (P24, N24) DC 24V
Receptacle (22X, 22Y) AC 220V

[Table 7. Check Point of Voltages]

(3) Check "MCX1", "X29", "X40", "X41" relays of TNP board.


- These relays must be turned "ON" in normal.

M c C D 2 ( B 1 ) / 3 3
F 1 3 [ 0 9 : 2 5 ]

: "McCD" must be displayed in total information mode of HHT.


- If not, check the jumper cable and any other connection of TNP board.
- And refer to "STVF7 Troubleshooting manual"

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 18 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE STVF7 ADJUST MANUAL
REV.0 2009.11.06 STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

ADJUSTMENT MANUAL

4-5. Operate inspection


(1) In main controller
a. Check the data "1" in "4.MANAGEMENT >> 4.3 FieldTest >> 43a FieldSetup"
of MCU HHT menu.
b. Using UP/DOWN switch(SW2) of TNP board, operate the elevator up/down direction.
c. At that time, brake must be open in normal.
d. B3~B4 voltage : (open) DC120V~200V, (holding) DC70V~120V
(please refer to electrical diagram COL2A,2B,2C)
(2) In inverter(LXVF7, SSVF7)
a. Connect the HHT(Hand-Held-Terminal) to inverter.
b. Setup the data "0" in "PROGRAM >> MOTOR >> KNOW ANGLE" HHT menu.
c. Operate the elevator up direction for about 5 seconds.
d. Setup the data "1" in "PROGRAM >> MOTOR >> KNOW ANGLE" HHT menu.
e. Check the angle data in "PROGRAM >> MOTOR >> U ANGLE" HHT menu.
f. Do (b)~(e) one more time, and check U angle data.
g. When the U angle data is correct, you can operate up and down direction normally.

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 19 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE STVF7 ADJUST MANUAL
REV.0 2009.11.06 STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

ADJUSTMENT MANUAL

5. INITIALIZING OPERATION (Initial Setting Operation for High-Speed)

5-1. Purpose
1) For the high speed operation, first of all, the main board of the inverter have to
detect each floor height (pulse count).
2) After the Initializing Operation, the high speed operation is feasible.

5-2. Check subjects


1) Check that inspection operation is feasible or not.
(If not, check the safety line, door line and any other errors.)
2) Move car where only DLA is off at bottom floor level.

<MCU Bd>

ULA ■ (on)
DZ ■ (on)
DLA □ (off)

[Figure 16. Position of Landing Device and Vane for Initializing]

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 20 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE STVF7 ADJUST MANUAL
REV.0 2009.11.06 STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

ADJUSTMENT MANUAL

5-3. Operating Procedure


EX) Total Floor : 28Floors, Floor Marking : B2, B1, 1~26

1) Align the car at the bottom floor by inspection operation as shown in figure 16.
2) Turn AUTO/INS switch(SW1) of TNP Board to "INS" position.
3) Turn AUTO/INS switch of car junction box and OPB in car to "AUTO" position
4) Ready to start initialization with HHT.
5) 4. MANAGEMENT >> 4.3 Field Test >> 43a Field Setup
6) Change the data "2" for initialization and auto operation.
* Refer to "Table 8. Field Setup data"
7) 3. SETUP >> 3.1 Basic >> 31a General >> A19 Init TrvlLen
8) Push "ENTER" key → Select "YES" with "UP" key → Push "ENTER" key

I n i t T r v l . L e n ? " Initialization Start" mode


▶ Y e s Select “Yes"

9) Car starts operation automatically.

F i C D ↑ ≡ 1 ( B 2 ) / 2 8 Status of initialization
- - - [ 0 9 : 2 5 ]

10) Car is stopped automatically at top floor, operation for initialization is completed.

M c C D • ≡ 2 8 ( 2 6 ) / 2 8 The end of initialization


- - - [ 0 9 : 3 2 ]

5-4. Cautious Subjects


1) After the initialization operation is finished, check the inverter data with HHT.
"Monitor >> Basic >> Init OK " is "1".
2) If any problem occurs while the car is running or stopped, take the proper measure by
turning off the safety switch.
3) If the initializing operation failed twice, check the connectors and wiring of the encoder.
4) And if "F22, F42, F62" error occurs, check the inverter floor data and MCU floor data.
- Inverter : "PROGRAM >> CONTROL >> MAX FLOOR"
- MCU : "3.SETUP >> 3.1 Basic >> 31b Field >> B01 Total FL Num"

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 21 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE STVF7 ADJUST MANUAL
REV.0 2009.11.06 STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

ADJUSTMENT MANUAL

5) Check "4.MANAGEMENT >> 4.3 Field Test >> 43a Field Setup " data.
Field Setup data
Commit Feasible Operation
(43a Field Setup)
0 Before Factory Setup No
1 After Factory Setup Inspection
Inspection,
2 After Installation Initialization,
Auto Operation
[Table 8. Field Setup data]

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 22 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE STVF7 ADJUST MANUAL
REV.0 2009.11.06 STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

ADJUSTMENT MANUAL

5-5. Initialization Flow Chart

[Table 9. Initialization Flow Chart]

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 23 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE STVF7 ADJUST MANUAL
REV.0 2009.11.06 STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

ADJUSTMENT MANUAL

6. Load Compensating Device Setup


6-1. Purpose
- To decrease start shock, MCU and inverter system must be known the cage weight.

6-2. Procedure
(1) STVF7 (Geared system)
① Fix the 30%, 70% switch under the cage.
② And connect from switch to the "CC26" of OPB-340 board.
③ Refer to electrical wiring diagram COL8B.

(2) LXVF7 (Gearless system), SSVF7 (Machine-room-less)


① Fix the LS board and LS sensor under the cage.
② LS board converts the input voltage into the pulse and supplies it to MCU
with CAN communication.
③ Connect connectors CN1,CN2 with LS sensors and turn the DIP SW1,2 on.
④ Open the door completely in landing zone and make the inspection switch be on in the
machine room. (not in the car and not on the car)
⑤ Connect HHT to MCU board.

(3) LS board setup method with HHT (LXVF7, SSVF7)


① "3.SETUP >> 3.1 Basic >> 31a General >> A20 Load Sensor >> 20a LS use"
→ set "Enable"
② Reset MCU board. (If "Enable", you don't have to do it).
③ "3.SETUP >> 3.1 Basic >> 31a General >> A20 Load Sensor >> 20c Sensing Data"
→ check "LS data : A/D" within 9000~10000.
④ If not, adjust the LS sensor position under the cage. Refer to figure 15.
⑤ "3.SETUP >> 3.1 Basic >> 31a General >> A20 Load Sensor >> 20b Load Setting"
: If HHT display "Settable", condition is good to load set.
: If "Can't Settable" displayed, check (2)-④.
(door full open, door zone, inspection switch in the machine room)
⑥ When there is no load in the cage, push ENTER key and input "YES"
in "Load Set : 0%“ HHT mode. Then buzzer rings once.
⑦ Load the weight equivalent to 50% of the rated lad on the cage.
⑧ push ENTER key and input "YES" in "Load Set : 50%“ HHT mode.
Then buzzer rings twice.
⑨ After completing the LS setting, "20c Sensing Data >> LS data: %" must display 50%.

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 24 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE STVF7 ADJUST MANUAL
REV.0 2009.11.06 STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

ADJUSTMENT MANUAL

Check Point
No (3.SETUP>> 3.1 Basic Data Remark
>> 31a General >>A20 Load Sensor)
1 20a LS use Enable
2 Reset MCU board needless in "Enable"
3 Load 0% in the cage
4 20c Sensing Data >> LS data : A/D 9000~10000
5 20b Load Setting >> Load Set : 0% Settable
6 20b Load Setting >> Load Set : 0% YES → ENTER
7 Buzzer once
8 Load 50% in the cage
9 20b Load Setting >> Load Set : 50% Settable
10 20b Load Setting >> Load Set : 50% YES → ENTER
11 Buzzer twice
12 20c Sensing Data >> LS data : % 50%
13 Load 0% in the cage
14 20c Sensing Data >> LS data : % 0%
[Table 10. LS Setup Procedure]

(4) Alignment
- As time goes on, check the "20c Sensing Data >> LS data : %".
- If the data is incorrect, do the alignment with HHT.
① Open the door completely in landing zone and make the inspection switch be on in the
machine room. (not in the car and not on the car)
② Load 0% in the cage
③ 20b Load Setting >> Load Align >> "settable"
④ push ENTER → select YES → push ENTER
⑤ After 2~3 seconds, check that the data "20c Sensing Data >> LS data : %" is 0%.

(5) Inverter setup(If necessary to adjust the inverter data)


- Finally, LS data is transferred to the inverter and inverter controls the start shock.
① "PROGRAM >> CONTROL >> 17.TQ_BIAS_SEC >> ANAL_TQ_BIAS "
② "PROGRAM >> CONTROL >> 23.TQ_BIAS_OFFSET >> 38.450 "
③ "PROGRAM >> CONTROL >> 35.DPRAM_TQ_USE >> 1 "
④ "PROGRAM >> CONTROL >> 22.TQ_BIAS_GAIN >> 1.000 "
⑤ Adjust the value "PROGRAM >> CONTROL >> 22.TQ_BIAS_GAIN " between ± 0.3~0.8
to decrease start shock.

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 25 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 HHT MANUAL
REV.0 2010.8.16
REV.1 2011.9.6
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

HHT MANUAL

STVF7 SERIES

HHT MANUAL

This manual is the property of Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd


and is loaned subject to return upon demand.
Contents of this publication shall not be reproduced in any
form without written permission of Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd.

HYUNDAI ELEVATOR CO., LTD.

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 1 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 HHT MANUAL
REV.0 2010.8.16
REV.1 2011.9.6
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

HHT MANUAL

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1. INTRODUCTION ·············································································································································· 3

2. HHT MENU ························································································································································ 3


2-1. HHT Application ···································································································································· 3
2-2. HHT Connection ··································································································································· 3
2-3. HHT Mode ·············································································································································· 3
2-4. The Method of Set up Each Part ··································································································· 4

3. MENU EXPLANATION ····································································································································· 5


3-1. Main Menu ·············································································································································· 5
3-2. Total Information Mode ······················································································································ 5
3-3. IN/OUT Mode ········································································································································· 6
3-4. ERROR Mode ······································································································································· 15
3-5. SETUP Mode ······································································································································· 17
3-6. MANAGEMENT Mode ························································································································ 26
3-7. INFO Mode ··········································································································································· 28

4. MENU INDEX ················································································································································ 29


4-1. Menu Index Table ······························································································································ 29

5. REVISION ······················································································································································· 39

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 2 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 HHT MANUAL
REV.0 2010.8.16
REV.1 2011.9.6
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

HHT MANUAL

1. INTRODUCTION
-. HHT is simplified character of "Hand Held Terminal".
-. The HHT is the same as INVERTER HHT

2. HHT Menu

2-1. HHT Application


1) Set up specification for control part
2) Input and Output memory monitoring
3) Error status monitoring
4) Field adjustment
5) On/off function of MCU board

2-2. HHT Connection


1) Connect HHT to H8 connector of MCU board.
2) And push "ESC" and "ENTER" button simultaneously for 1 second.

2-3. HHT Mode

1) HHT is composed by , , , .
2) Initial display mode is "Main Menu".
3) If you push button at "Main Menu", you can see "Total Information Mode".

4) If tou push button at "Total Information Mode", you can see "Main Menu".

5) , : Increase or decrease of each mode or value.

6) : Selection each mode or value,


: Moving lower level mode
7) : Cancel each mode or value,
: Moving upper level mode.

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 3 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 HHT MANUAL
REV.0 2010.8.16
REV.1 2011.9.6
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

HHT MANUAL
Total Information Mode

↑ ↓
Main Menu

↑ ↓
Lower Level Mode

↑ ↓
Detail Mode

↑ ↓
Mode Value

<Table 1. HHT menu composition and mode changing method>

2-4. The Method of Set up Each Part

1) You can see lower level mode by pushing button at "Main Menu"
It is same as moving "Detail Mode".
2) If "▶" is displayed, you can change that detail mode value.

3) You can select the cursor position and mode value with / button.

4) Push button for moving upper level mode or canceling mode value set.

* When elevator is moving, button is not acted at detail mode.

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 4 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 HHT MANUAL
REV.0 2010.8.16
REV.1 2011.9.6
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

HHT MANUAL

3. MENU EXPLANATION
3-1. Main Menu

ID HHT Main Menu Commit


0. EL.STATUS Total Information Mode
PIO I/O, Car I/O, Call I/O, INVERTER I/O, RMS I/O,
1. IN/OUT
Group I/O, CAN STATUS, EXT I/O
2. ERROR Error, Error records, Erasing records, Hall Error
Spec. change, Device set up, Time set up,
3. SETUP
Initialization, Load set up
4. MANAGEMENT Field test, Factory test, Count E/L running times
5. INFO Version information

3-2. Total Information Mode

C 1 3 5 6 7 8 11 15 16
V
1 A u C D ↑ ≡ 2 ( B 1 ) / 3 3
2 F 6 8 [ 0 9 : 2 5 ]

Position Commit Display


No no mode F1 1st fireman op.
Au auto F2 2nd fireman op.
In In-Car inspection Mv independent op.
1verse On On-Car inspection Ep Emergency op.
Elevator Status Machineroom Emergency
1,2 column Mc El
inspection Landing op.
Fi Initialization Eq Earthquake op.
Pk Parking op. Rp Sub brake in
Fr Fireman Return Ar Arrange op.
OG Openning RG Rear Door Openning
1verse OP Open RO Rear Door Open
Door Status
3,4 column CG Closing RC Raer Door Close
CD Close
1v 5c Direction ↑: Up, • : Stop, ↓: Down
1v 6c Door zone sensor ULA, DZ, DLA
1v 7c Non-Stop Floor (Space) : Service Floor, * : non-Service Floor
1v 8,9c Absolute Floor
1v 11~12c Floor display Floor display on Indicator
1v 15,16c Total Floor
2v 1,2,3c Error display ---:
--- No error, Fxx:
Fxx error code
2v 11~15c Current time Hour : Minute

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 5 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 HHT MANUAL
REV.0 2010.8.16
REV.1 2011.9.6
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

HHT MANUAL

3-3. IN/OUT Mode

ID HHT Display Commit


1.1 PIO Input PIO input status
1.2 PIO Output PIO output status
1.3 Car Input Car input status
1.4 Car Output Car output status
1.5 Call Input Call input status
1.6 Call Output Call output status
1.7 Inv. Input Inverter input status
1.8 Inv. Output Inverter output status
1.9 RMS Input Remote Monitor System input status
1.A RMS Output Remote Monitor System output status
1.B Group Input Group input status
1.C Group Output Group output status
1.D CAN Status CAN communication status
1.E ExtIO Input Extension input status
1.F ExtIO Output Extension output status

<The method of checking IN/OUT status>

ex) : 1.1 PIO input status

P I O I N P U T ( 0 ) PIO Input (0) mode

0 X 0 0 C 2 0 0 1 7 DATA : 32bit hex value

(a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b)


④ ③ ② ①

①-(b) : 7 => 29,41,40 : ON


①-(a) : 1 => AUTO : ON
③-(b) : 2 => FMR : ON
③-(a) : C => MCI,MC2I : ON

* It is same as the other in/out mode.

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 6 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 HHT MANUAL
REV.0 2010.8.16
REV.1 2011.9.6
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

HHT MANUAL

3.3.1 IN/OUT / 1.1 PIO Input

Signal Name
(a) (b)
ID HHT Display
8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
bit8 bit7 bit6 bit5 bit4 bit3 bit2 bit1
① MDN MUP MCS AUTO BKOP 40 41 29
② DLS PLDL PLDH PLDM PLUM PLUH PLUL ULS
PIO Input [0]
③ MC2I MCI ELDI EQP EQS PARK FMR RBKI
④ BKB FMR2 RDZ FDZ EMPO HOME ATS MT
① PDN PUP PHAND PAUTO RNBL WLS PDLS CTOL

PIO Input [1]


① 30B BKS ZSP RUN DLD DLA DZ ULA

PIO Input [2]



PIO Input [3]

Display Form : 32bit hex value (0x00000000)

3.3.2 IN/OUT / 1.2 PIO Output

ID HHT Display Signal Name


REV FWD MC2 MC1 RBK BRKA
XRLY MFAN SPO2 SPO1 ELDO BRKC BRKB ALARM
PIO Out [0]
IRST INIT

PIO Out [0]

Display Form: 32bit hex value (0x00000000)

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 7 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 HHT MANUAL
REV.0 2010.8.16
REV.1 2011.9.6
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

HHT MANUAL

3.3.3 IN/OUT / 1.3 Car Input

ID HHT Display Signal Name


FC5 NDZ FC3 FR2 FR1 ONDN ONUP ONS
OL FULL L70 L30 EE SE DCL DOL
CarSigIn [0]
DCS DCB DOB INS AUTO
ODD EVEN EACH MOVE PASS ATT PWR

CarSigIn [1]

REE RSE RDCL RDOL


CarSigIn [2]
RDCS RDCB RDOB

CarSigIn [3]

Display Form : 32bit hex value (0x00000000)

3.3.4 IN/OUT / 1.4 Car Output

ID HHT Display Signal Name


LTR VFR UDST FST FDR FR2R CLR OPR
DST DDN DUP VOL LED3 LED2 LED1 OLBZ
CarSigOut [0]
VEQ DLOCK VWEL VFD VIP NUDGR

BN2 VCL VOP LED4 RNUGR RCLR ROPR REAR


CarSigOut [1]
VCNCL RDOOR FDOOR

CarSigOut [2]

CarSigOut [3]

Display Form : 32bit hex value (0x00000000)

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 8 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 HHT MANUAL
REV.0 2010.8.16
REV.1 2011.9.6
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

HHT MANUAL

3.3.5 IN/OUT / 1.5 Call Input

ID HHT Display Commit


CarIn.1 1-32 Normal/Front Car call input 1~32 floor
CarIn.1 33-64 Normal/Front Car call input 33~64 floor
HUpIn.1 1-32 Normal/Front Hall call up input 1~32 floor
HUpIn.1 33-64 Normal/Front Hall call up input 33~64 floor
HDnIn.1 1-32 Normal/Front Hall call down input 1~32 floor
HDnIn.1 33-64 Normal/Front Hall call down input 33~64 floor
CarIn.2 1-32 Handicap/Rear Car call input 1~32 floor
CarIn.2 33-64 Handicap/Rear Car call input 33~64 floor
HUpIn.2 1-32 Handicap/Rear Hall call up input 1~32 floor
HUpIn.2 33-64 Handicap/Rear Hall call up input 33~64 floor
HDnIn.2 1-32 Handicap/Rear Hall call down input 1~32 floor
HDnIn.2 33-64 Handicap/Rear Hall call down input 33~64 floor

Display Form: 32bit hex value (0x00000000)

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 9 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 HHT MANUAL
REV.0 2010.8.16
REV.1 2011.9.6
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

HHT MANUAL
3.3.6 3.3.6 IN/OUT / 1.6 Call Output

ID HHT Display Commit


CarOut.1 1-32 Normal/Front Car call output 1~32 floor
CarOut.1 33-64 Normal/Front Car call output 33~64 floor
HUpOut.1 1-32 Normal/Front Hall call up output 1~32 floor
HUpOut.1 33-64 Normal/Front Hall call up output 33~64 floor
HDnOut.1 1-32 Normal/Front Hall call down output 1~32 floor
HDnOut.1 33-64 Normal/Front Hall call down output 33~64 floor
CarOut.2 1-32 Handicap/Rear Car call output 1~32 floor
CarOut.2 33-64 Handicap/Rear Car call output 33~64 floor
HUpOut.2 1-32 Handicap/Rear Hall call up output 1~32 floor
HUpOut.2 33-64 Handicap/Rear Hall call up output 33~64 floor
HDnOut.2 1-32 Handicap/Rear Hall call down output 1~32 floor
HDnOut.2 33-64 Handicap/Rear Hall call down output 33~64 floor
HLantnUP1 1-32 Front Hall Lantern up output 1~32 floor
HLantnUP1 33-64 Front Hall Lantern up output 33~64 floor
HLantnDN1 1-32 Front Hall Lantern down output 1~32 floor
HLantnDN1 33-64 Front Hall Lantern down output 33~64 floor
HLantnUP2 1-32 Rear Hall Lantern up output 1~32 floor
HLantnUP2 33-64 Rear Hall Lantern up output 33~64 floor
HLantnDN2 1-32 Rear Hall Lantern down output 1~32 floor
HLantnDN2 33-64 Rear Hall Lantern down output 33~64 floor
HchimeUP1 1-32 Front Hall Chime up output 1~32 floor
HchimeUP1 33-64 Front Hall Chime up output 33~64 floor
HchimeDN1 1-32 Front Hall Chime down output 1~32 floor
HchimeDN1 33-64 Front Hall Chime down output 33~64 floor
HchimeUP2 1-32 Rear Hall Chime up output 1~32 floor
HchimeUP2 33-64 Rear Hall Chime up output 33~64 floor
HchimeDN2 1-32 Rear Hall Chime down output 1~32 floor
HchimeDN2 33-64 Rear Hall Chime down output 33~64 floor

Display Form: 32bit hex value (0x00000000)

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 10 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 HHT MANUAL
REV.0 2010.8.16
REV.1 2011.9.6
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

HHT MANUAL

3.3.7 IN/OUT / 1.7 Inv. Input

ID HHT Display Commit


Inv.Input [0] From Inverter to C/P input
...
Inv.Input [47]

Display Form: 8bit hex value (0x00)

3.3.8 IN/OUT / 1.8 Inv. Output

ID HHT Display Commit


Inv.Output [0] From C/P to Inverter output
...
Inv.Output [47]

Display Form: 8bit hex value (0x00)

3.3.9 IN/OUT / 1.9 RMS Input

ID HHT Display Commit


RMS Input [0] Remote Monitor System input
...
RMS Input [47]

Display Form: 8bit hex value (0x00)

3.3.10 IN/OUT / 1.A RMS Output

ID HHT Display Commit


RMS Output [0] Remote Monitor System output
...
RMS Output [47]

Display Form: 8bit hex value (0x00)

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 11 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 HHT MANUAL
REV.0 2010.8.16
REV.1 2011.9.6
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

HHT MANUAL

3.3.11 IN/OUT / 1.B Group Input

ID HHT Display Commit


B01 GHUIN 1-32 Group Hall call up input 1~32 floor
B02 GHUIN 33-64 Group Hall call up input 33~64 floor
B03 GHDIN 1-32 Group Hall call down input 1~32 floor
B04 GHDIN 33-64 Group Hall call down input 33~64 floor
B05 GHUBLP 1-32 Group Hall call up button lamp input 1~32 floor
B06 GHUBLP 33-64 Group Hall call up button lamp input 33~64 floor
B07 GHDBLP 1-32 Group Hall call down button lamp input 1~32 floor
B08 GHDBLP 33-64 Group Hall call down button lamp input 33~64 floor
B09 GHLUP 1-32 Group Hall call up Lantern input 1~32 floor
B10 GHLUP 33-64 Group Hall call up Lantern input 33~64 floor
B11 GHLDN 1-32 Group Hall call down Lantern input 1~32 floor
B12 GHLDN 33-64 Group Hall call down Lantern input 33~64 floor
B13 GWHUIN 1-32 Handicap Group Hall call up input 1~32 floor
B14 GWHUIN 33-64 Handicap Group Hall call up input 33~64 floor
B15 GWHDIN 1-32 Handicap Group Hall call down input 1~32 floor
B16 GWHFIN 33-64 Handicap Group Hall call down input 33~64 floor
B17 GWHUBLP 1-32 Handicap Group Hall call up button lamp 1~32 floor
B18 GWHUBLP 33-64 Handicap Group Hall call up button lamp 33~64 floor
B19 GWHDBLP 1-32 Handicap Group Hall call down button lamp 1~32 floor
B20 GWHDBLP 33-64 Handicap Group Hall call down button lamp 33~64 floor
B21 GCFLAG [0] Group status (00: group, 11: no group)
B22 GCFLAG [1] Home Landing Floor
B23 GCFLAG [2] Emergency Power Operation (Auto Home Landing)
B24 GCFLAG [3] Emergency Power Operation (Continue Running)
B25 DSK.Live Cnt Duplex Group live counting
B26 DSK.CAN Err Duplex Group communication error (01: error)
B27 DSK.CAN Cnt Duplex Group communication status
B28 DSK.FLAG[3]
B29 DSK.Z68G
B30 DSK.Version Duplex Group Version
B31 DSK.FLAG[6]
B32 DSK.FLAG[7]
B33 DSK.CANTEC
B34 DSK.CANREC
B35 DSK.Master
B36 DSK.FLAG[11]
B37 DSK.FLAG[12]
B38 DSK.FLAG[13]
B39 DSK.FLAG[14]
B40 DSK.FLAG[15]

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 12 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 HHT MANUAL
REV.0 2010.8.16
REV.1 2011.9.6
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

HHT MANUAL

ID HHT Display Commit


B41 GHURMS 1-32 Group Call Output to Remote Monitoring System
B42 GHURMS 33-64 Group Call Output to Remote Monitoring System
B43 GHDRMS 1-32 Group Call Output to Remote Monitoring System
B44 GHDRMS 33-64 Group Call Output to Remote Monitoring System
B45 GCB. 1-32 Car Call From Destination Selecting System
B46 GCB. 33-64 Car Call From Destination Selecting System
B47 GDOLNS.FLAG Door Open Signal From Destination Selecting System
Display Form: 8bit hex value (0x00)

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 13 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 HHT MANUAL
REV.0 2010.8.16
REV.1 2011.9.6
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

HHT MANUAL

3.3.12 IN/OUT / 1.C Group Output

ID HHT Display Commit


C01 GHUOUT 1-32 From C/P to Group Hall call up output 1~32 floor
C02 GHUOUT 33-64 From C/P to Group Hall call up output 33~64 floor
C03 GHDOUT 1-32 From C/P to Group Hall call down output 1~32 floor
C04 GHDOUT 33-64 From C/P to Group Hall call down output 33~64 floor
C05 GCCOUT 1-32 From C/P to Group Car call output 1~32 floor
C06 GCCOUT 33-64 From C/P to Group Car call output 33~64 floor
C07 GFSTOP 1-32 From C/P to Group Force stop floor 1~32 floor
C08 GFSTOP 33-64 From C/P to Group Force stop floor 33~64 floor
C09 GWHUOUT 1-32 Handicap hall call up output 1~32 floor
C10 GWHUOUT 33-64 Handicap hall call up output 33~64 floor
C11 GWHDOUT 1-32 Handicap hall call down output 1~32 floor
C12 GWHDOUT 33-64 Handicap hall call down output 33~64 floor
C13 GIFLAG [0]
C14 GIFLAG [1]
C15 GIFLAG [2]
C16 GIFLAG [3]
C17 GOFLAG [0]
...
C28 GOFLAG [11]
C29 GOCHECK [0]
...
C33 GOCHECK [4]
C34 DSK.TFL
C35 DSK.RFL
C36 DSK.BFLDIF
C37 DSK.TFLDIF
C38 DSK.ELSTATE
C39 DSK.CNTL [5]
C40 DSK.CNTL [6]
C41 DSK.CNTL [7]
C42 DSK.Slave
C43 DSK.RFL nRtn
C44 DSK.SFL nRtn
C45 DSK.MFL Fix
C46 DSK.Hall 2-T
C47 DSK.CNTL [13]
C48 DSK.CNTL [14]
C49 DSK.CNTL [15]

Display Form: 8bit hex value (0x00)

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 14 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 HHT MANUAL
REV.0 2010.8.16
REV.1 2011.9.6
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

HHT MANUAL

3.3.13 IN/OUT / 1.D CAN Status

ID HHT Display Commit


Car part CAN status register value :
CAN.Car Status * normal : 0x0000000C
* abnormal : 0x80000044
Hall part CAN status register value :
CAN.Hall Status * normal : 0x0000000C
* abnormal : 0x80000044
Normal/Front Hall detected ID 1~32 floor
(Detected Hall ID bit is displayed "1")
HallScan1 1-32
* example 8 floor = 0x000000FF
* example 15 floor = 0x00007FFF
HallScan1 33-64 Normal/Front Hall detected ID 33~64 floor
HallScan2 1-32 Handicap/Rear Hall detected ID 1~32 floor
HallScan2 33-64 Handicap/Rear Hall detected ID 33~64 floor
OPB board Detected ID :
* 0xHGFEDCBA
Car Scan
H G F E D C B A
-- ExIO2 ExIO1 LS OPB4 OPB3 OPB2 OPB1

Display Form: 32bit hex value (0x00000000)

3-4. ERROR Mode

ID HHT Display Commit


2.1 Error List Error occurrence / cancellation list
2.2 Clear Error Clear error occurrence / cancellation list
2.3 Hall Error Hall board error

3.4.1 ERROR / 2.1 Error List


- Error List is recorded with error code, occurrence, cancellation, time
in regular sequence.
- The number of total recorded lists is 64.
ex 1) 2009. 2. 17 15:55:47.11 F11 occurrence

0 0 2 F 1 1 s e t
0 9 0 2 1 7 - 1 5 5 5 4 7 . 1 1

ex 2) 2009. 2. 17 15:59:58.87 F11 cancellation

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 15 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 HHT MANUAL
REV.0 2010.8.16
REV.1 2011.9.6
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

HHT MANUAL
0 0 1 F 1 1 c l r
0 9 0 2 1 7 - 1 5 5 9 5 8 . 8 7

3.4.2 ERROR / 2.2 Clear Error


- Clear the total 64 error records

ex) Clear Error /Cln Error List? → push button

→select "yes" using button → push button

C l n E r r o r L i s t ?
▶ Y e s

3.4.3 ERROR / 2.3 Hall Error


Undetected or dis-order hall board ID bit is displayed "1".

ID HHT display Commit


HallErr.1 1-32 Normal/Front Hall error 1~32 floor
HallErr.1 33-64 Normal/Front Hall error 33~64 floor
HallErr.2 1-32 Handicap/Rear Hall error 1~32 floor
HallErr.2 33-64 Handicap/Rear Hall error 33~64 floor

Display Form: 32bit hex value (0x00000000)


ex) Hall ID error is detected at 1, 2, 6, 8 floor

H a l l E r r . 1 1 - 3 2 Hall Err.1 1-32 mode

0 X 0 0 0 0 0 0 A 3 DATA : 32bit hex value

25~3217~24 9~16 1~8

“ 0X000000A3 " ---- 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 floor


DATA "A3 " ---- 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 1

* If there is no hall error, DATA is displayed “00”.

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 16 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 HHT MANUAL
REV.0 2010.8.16
REV.1 2011.9.6
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

HHT MANUAL

3-5. SETUP Mode

ID HHT Display Commit


3.1 Basic Specification change
3.2 Device Device set up change
3.3 Time & Data Time, date change

C 1 3 5 6 7 8 11 15
V
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P 1 Verse : mode position
1
2 ▶ 0 X 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 Verse : Data set up position

** Select mode at 1 column → Push button → Cursor is moved to 2 column

→ Select data using , button → Push button → MCU board reset


→ End

** At Data set up position, is moved to left side and is moved to right side.

ex1) Total floor set up (in case of 28 floor)

B 0 1 T o t a l F L N u m Total floor set up mode (1~64)


2 8 f l In case of 28 floor
* “SETUP/ 3.1 Basic/ 31b Field/ B01 Total FL Num” → Select “28" → Push
ex2) non-service floor set up
- in case of 2,4,7,15,16,18,25,32 non-service floor, each floor bit is 0.

C 0 1 G l b . N o n S t p . L Non-service floor mode (1~32)


0 X 7 E F D 3 F B 5 DATA : 32bit hex value
* “SETUP/ 3.1 Basic/ 31c Nonstop Set/ C01 Glb.NonStp.L” → Select “0X7EFD3FB5"

→ Push
* If there is no non-service floor, select "0XFFFFFF".
0XFFFFFF".

ex3) In case of initialization

I n i t T r v l . L e n ? Initialization mode
▶ Y e s select “Yes"
* “SETUP/ 3.1 Basic/3 1a General/ A19 Init TrvlLen/ Init Trvl.Len?” → Select “YES"

→ Push → Car start with initialization operation.

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 17 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 HHT MANUAL
REV.0 2010.8.16
REV.1 2011.9.6
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

HHT MANUAL

3.5.1 SETUP / 3.1 Basic

ID HHT Display Commit


31a General Spec 1 set up
31b Field Spec 2 set up
31c Nonstop Non-service floor set up

3.5.1.1 SETUP / 3.1 Basic / 31a General

ID HHT display Commit


A01 Region Country : Korea/China/Other
Motor :
- Geared : geared motor
- Gearless not MRL : gearless motor (Not MRL)
A02 T/M Type
- MRL-UpperDriven : Upper side MRL
- MRL-LowerDriven : Lower side MRL
- MRL-InnerDriven : In running way MRL
A03 Speed Speed - 30, 45, 60, 90, 105, 120, 150
Local Code: EN81 code (MC2)
- KS_CODE : MC2 no use
A04 Local Type
- EN_CODE : MC2 use
- GB_CODE : china MC2 use
Sub Brake Type
- None : no use
A05 SubBrake Typ - Rope Brake : Rope Brake, Rope Gripper
- Car Brake : Car Brake
- Double Brake : Standard Brake
Normal/Front+Rear Door Type
A06 Num. of Door - Standard : 1 Door Type
- Front-Rear : 2 Door Type
Door open direction
A07 Door OpenDir - Left-Right Open : left-right side open
- Up-Down Open : up sliding open

Door load detector type


- None : no use
A08 DLD Use - DLD : Use door load detector
- HNPS : Use door finger jam prevention (option)
- DLD+HNPS : Use DLD + HNPS function (option)

Load switch position


A09 LoadSwch Pos - Car Bottom : Car Bottom
- Machine Room : Machine Room

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 18 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 HHT MANUAL
REV.0 2010.8.16
REV.1 2011.9.6
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

HHT MANUAL
Fan, Light off time
A10 FanLightTime *1:15sec, 2:30sec, 3:60sec, 4:2.5min, 5:5min~20:20min
*21:30min, 22:60min~32:6hr
A11 RFL Rtn Time Return time to move lobby floor (per minute)
A12 RFL DoorTime Door time at lobby floor (per second)
A13 Car DoorTime Door time for car call (per second)
A14 HallDoorTime Door time for hall call (per second)
A15 HdcpDoorTime Door time for handicap option (per 10 second)
A16 Move/Ind/Att Moving/independence/guide function
Car status display on Indicator :
- Full/Ins /Fire: full/inspection/fire
- Full/Ins /Move: full/inspection/moving
- Full/Ins /O.L. : full/inspection/overload
- Full/Ins /Blue : full/inspection/emergency
- Full/Ins /Use : full/inspection/using
- Full/Auto/Fire : full/auto/fire operation
- Full/Auto/Move: full/auto/moving
A17 DispLampType - Full/Auto/Opt : full/auto/option operation
- Full/Auto/Blue : full/auto/emergency
- Full/Auto/Use : full/auto/using
- Full/Auto/Ins : full/auto/inspection
- Full/Fire/Move : full/fire op./moving
- Ins /Move/Auto: inspection/moving/auto
- Ins/Auto/Fire : inspection/auto/fire operation
- Ins/Move/Fire : inspection/moving/fire operation
- Ins/Fire/Move : inspection/fire op./moving
Floor display pattern on indicator
- B7 B6→1 2 3 4 5
- B7 B6→1 2 3 F 5
- B7 B6→G 2 3 4 5
- B7 B6→G 2 3 F 5
- B7 B6→L 2 3 4 5
- B7 B6→L 2 3 F 5
- B7 B6→L 1 2 3 4
- B7 B6→L 1 2 3 F
A18 DispFontType
- -7 -6→L 1 2 3 4
- -7 -6→L 1 2 3 F
- -7 -6→L G 2 3 4
- -7 -6→L G 2 3 F
- B 2 3 4 5
- B 2 3 F 5
- B7 B6→G 1 2 3 4
- B1 1 L 3 4 5
- User Disp Font
Initialization start
A19 Init TrvlLen - “A19 Intl TrvlLen/Init Trvl.Len?” → select "Yes".
→ push “ENT" → initialization start

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 19 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 HHT MANUAL
REV.0 2010.8.16
REV.1 2011.9.6
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

HHT MANUAL
A20 Load Sensor Load sensor set up : refer to sub menu mode
- Load sensor device selection (Use : "Enable")
20a LS Use * After set "Enable", Press reset button of MCU
Board for setting the following sub menu
Load set up (0%, 50%, zero point alignment)

Load Set : 0% (0% set up : at no load in car)


20b Load Setting Load Set : 50% (50% set up: at 50% loads in car)
Load Align : (zero point alignment at no load)
SetEnd Data : (no use)
Current load data display

LS Data : %
20c Sensing Data percentage data (0% ~ 120%)
LS Data : A/D
Analog to digital decimal value data
Receive the recorded data of load sensing board

Read LS Memory
20d Rd LS Memory - command to read load data.
LS Memory Data (recorded data)
- LS Memory : 0%
- LS MEmory : 50%
Transmit the data of 0%, 50% to LS board

Data to Wr : 0%
-Transmit 0% data (decimal value)
20e Wr LS Memory Data to Wr : 50%
-Transmit 50% data (decimal value)
Send LS Memory
-Command to transmit 0%,50% data

A21 AC-DC Time Delay time of turning brake off for gearless system
- 0, 250msec, 300msec, 350msec
A22 Reserved2 No use
A23 BMS USE 02 : USE
<EXT I/O Bd : 2PCs>
* I/D : OF => F6, F5, F4, F3, F2, F1, MDN, MUP
* I/D : 01 => X, X, X, ALARM, FIRE, X29, OPEN, AUTO
A24 WATER_LEVEL 01 : USE
A25 ReOpen Time No use

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 20 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 HHT MANUAL
REV.0 2010.8.16
REV.1 2011.9.6
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

HHT MANUAL

3.5.1.2 SETUP / 3.1 Basic / 31b Field

ID HHT Display Commit


B01 Total FL Num Total floor number (the number of door zone vane)
B02 Reference FL Lobby floor (from bottom floor)
B03 Parking FL Parking floor (returning floor in parking operation)
Parking operation use and door status
- Disable : no use
B04 Parking Mode
- Door Close : door closed after parking operation
- Door Open : door open after parking operation
Fire code
- Disable : no fire operation
B05 Fire Mode - KS : korea code
- BS :
- CS : china code
B06 FireRtn FL.1 1st fire return floor (from bottom floor)
B07 FireRtn FL.2 2nd fire return floor (option)
B08 Nonstop Use use non-service floor. (refer to 31c mode)
B09 UserSkip Use use user skip service floor. (refer to 31c mode)
B10 Relevel Mode auto leveling op. (door open or close. need X-relay)
running open (at landing time)
B11 Running Open - Disable : no use
- Enable : use (need X-relay)
B12 Car Call 2-T two touch car call cancel
B13 Hall Call 2-T two touch hall call cancel (no use in group)
B14 Lantern Use hall lantern
B15 BtTouchSound car button touch sound
B16 DispFont RFL the floor indicated "1"
lobby floor indicator skip data
B17 DispRFL Skip
ex) If "5,6......" : set up “4”
B18 Font Skip 1 Indicator skip floor 1st. ex) if "1,2,3,5,7,8...." : set "4"
B19 Font Skip 2 Indicator skip floor 2nd. ex) if "1,2,3,5,7,8...." : set "6"

Indicator: user font


(SPEC/3.1 Basic/31a General /A18 DispFontType →
select ‘User Disp Font’)
B20 UserDispFont
User Font [1] ~ User Font [63]
※ User Font [absolute floor] ([0]:no use)
※“Reference data 1. User Font”

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 21 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 HHT MANUAL
REV.0 2010.8.16
REV.1 2011.9.6
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

HHT MANUAL

example) indicator display : B1, L, M, 2, 3, F, 5, 6, P (9stop)


*Reference Floor = 2nd floor("L" marked floor)

(1) SETUP / 3.1 Basic / 31a General / A18 : "user disp font" select
(2) SETUP / 3.1 Basic / 31b Field / B01 : "9"
(3) SETUP / 3.1 Basic / 31b Field / B02 : "2"
(4) SETUP / 3.1 Basic / 31a General / B20 :
User font [1] = B1, User font [2] = L, User font [3] = M
User font [4] = 2, User font [5] = 3, User font [6] = F
User font [7] = 5, User font [8] = 6 User font [9] = P

[ Table1. User display font ]


Font Font Font Font Font Font
Data Data Data Data Data Data
1 S1 LB -1 P 2T
2 S2 LG -2 Q 8A
A
; S3 LP -3 R 18
10 1A LL -4 S L5
; 2A LM -5 T L6
15 3A MB -6 U L7
16 M1 ML -7 V 0
17 M2 ME -8 W PF
; M3 PB -9 X GE
26 1M RC 31A Y GR
; 2M SB 31B Z SS
30 3M UB RG PH E5
31 1P UG P5 PD 12A
32 2P G P6 PS 6A
33 G1 B1 BQ SP AP
; G2 B2 A PM RS
39 F1 B3 B S4 VG
40 F2 B4 C 41 ;
E1 AA B5 D 42 ;
E2 AL B6 E ; ;
E3 AS B7 F 95
E4 BM B8 G 96
P1 BF B9 H 6M
P2 BL A1 I 7M
P3 CP A2 J RF
P4 DS A3 K 4M
L1 ES M4 L 5M
L2 GF G3 M PL
L3 GP G4 N MZ
L4 KM F O 1T

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 22 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 HHT MANUAL
REV.0 2010.8.16
REV.1 2011.9.6
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

HHT MANUAL
Supervisory panel Type
- CAN : Simplified Monitoring by CAN communication
B21 Supervisor - Parallel : Floor & Direction display by parallel signals
of contact supplying (MAX 4Floors)
- CAN+Parallel
B22 RMS Use Remote Monitor System
Group controller Type
- Disable : no use
B23 Group Mode
- Ring : Ring Group controller type
- Duplex : 2-car group (can type)
B24 2Car:MFL No use
B25 2Car:BFL dif No use
B26 2Car:TFL dif No use
B27 2Car:Master 2-car : master / slave (#1 Enable, #2 Disable)
B28 2Car:RFL Rtn 2-car : home landing function (Enable both #1and#2)
B29 2Car:SFL Rtn 2-car : 2nd home landing function
B30 2Car:Option 2-car : Hall call 2 touch function
B31 ANSI Spec No use
B32 Brk-off Time brake off time set up (standard : 80ms)
B33 EMP Use Emergency Power operation
B34 EMP FL Homelanding floor of Emergency Power operation
B35 ELD Use Emergency Landing Device (option)
B36 Earthquake Earthquake operation (option)
B37 VIP Use VIP operation (option)
B38 VIP FL VIP floor (option)
B39 Pass Mode hall call pass operation
B40 1BC Use 1BC type operation
False car call cancel
B41 FakeCallCncl - Disable : no use
- Enable : use
Contrary direction car call cancel
B42 RearCallCncl - Disable : no use
- Enable : use
B43 ATStall Time Running time available per 1 time
Handicap car call
B44 OPB Handicap - Button Common : Normal+Handicap Lamp Common
- Button Divide : Normal+Handicap Lamp Divide
Calm Running at night
- 45a Night Run Set (volumn, speed set up)
B45 Night Run
- 45b Night Start Time
- 45c Night End Time

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 23 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 HHT MANUAL
REV.0 2010.8.16
REV.1 2011.9.6
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

HHT MANUAL
Buzzer Alarm for Landing Door opening or Safety error
- None
- Door Error BZ
B46 BuzzerOption
- Safety Error BZ
- Door+Safety BZ
- F94 Enable
Forced Car Call Input
- 47a ForceCallUse
: With RTC Time (Use HHT Time)
B47 ForceCallSet : With RMS Traffc (Use RMS up/down peak control)
- 47b ForceCall FL
- 47c Force Start
- 47d Force End

3.5.1.3 SETUP / 3.1 Basic / 31c Nonstop

ID HHT Display Commit


C01 Glb.NonStp.L Total non-service 1~32 floor
C02 Glb.NonStp.H Total non-service 33~64 floor
C03 FronNonStp.L (Front/Rear type) Front non-service 1~32 floor
C04 FronNonStp.H (Front/Rear type) Front non-service 33~64 floor
C05 RearNonStp.L (Front/Rear type) Rear non-service 1~32 floor
C06 RearNonStp.H (Front/Rear type) Rear non-service 33~64 floor
C07 RMS NonStp.L Remote Monitor System non-service 1~32 floor
C08 RMS NonStp.H Remote Monitor System non-service 33~64 floor
C09 User Skip1.L User skip 1~32 floor
C10 User Skip1.H User skip 33~64 floor
C11 User Skip2.L User skip2 1~32 floor
C12 User Skip2.H User skip2 33~64 floor
C13 CardkeyMsk.L Card key service 1~32 floor
C14 CardkeyMsk.H Card key service 33~64 floor
C15 KeyBoxNons.L Remote Key Box for non-service display function
C16 KeyBoxNons.H Remote Key Box for non-service display function

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 24 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 HHT MANUAL
REV.0 2010.8.16
REV.1 2011.9.6
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

HHT MANUAL

3.5.2 SETUP / 3.2 Device

ID HHT Display Commit


32a OPB.2 Use Sub(Rear) OPB board
Sub(Rear) OPB call type. (common/divided)
(with “SETUP / 3.1 Basic / 31a General /
32b OPB.2 Type A06 Num. of Door“ value)
- Button Common: common with Main OPB
- Button Divided : divided from Main OPB
32c OPB.3 Use Handicap OPB #1 board
32d OPB.4 Use Handicap OPB #2 board
Handicap OPB call type (common/divided)
(with “SETUP / 3.1 Basic / 31b Field /
32e HdcpOPB Type B44 Handicap Use“ value)
- Button Common : common with normal OPB
- Button Divided : divided from normal OPB
Extension I/O board #1
- 0x01 : MRL-InnerDriven, MachineRoom Load Switch
32f ExtIO 0~7 Use
- 0x02 : Card Key Call Control
- 0x10 : Door Hold, Group Divide
Extension I/O board #2
32g ExtIO 8~E Use
- No use
Hall call type (Front Hall call)
(with “SETUP / 3.1 Basic / 31b Field /
32h Hall.1 Type B44 Handicap Use“ value)
- Normal Call
- Handicap Call
Hall call type (Rear Hall Call)
(with “SETUP / 3.1 Basic / 31a General /
32i Hall.2 Type A06 Num. of Door“ value)
- Handicap Call
- Rear Call
32j CardKey Type Card key type
32k CardKey Auto Auto car call with card key input
32l CTS Type Car Touch Screen
32m DestCallType Destination Selecting System
32n RS485 Type RS485 port
32o RS485 Speed RS485 port speed
32p HomeCall Use Home automation call
32q CAN-HHT Use HHT function with CAN communication

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 25 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 HHT MANUAL
REV.0 2010.8.16
REV.1 2011.9.6
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

HHT MANUAL
Communication Between MCU and Inverter
32r Inv. Type
- DPRAM or CAN
32s UART0 Use no use
32t UART0 Speed no use
32u UART1 Use no use
32v UART1 Speed no use
32w UART2 Use no use
32x UART2 Speed no use

3.5.3 SETUP / 3.3 Time & Date

ID HHT Display Commit


33a Time Set hour-minute set up
33b Date Set year-month-day set up
33c RTC Init Real-Time Clock initialization : 2009-01-01 00:00

3-6. MANAGEMENT Mode

ID HHT Display Commit


4.1 EL Run Count Count the number of elevator running
4.2 Factory Test Factory test
4.3 Field Test Field test

3.6.1 MANAGEMENT / 4.1 EL Run Count : Count the number of elevator running

3.6.2 MANAGEMENT / 4.2 Factory Test :

ID HHT Display Commit


42a C/P Test C/P test signal (using only factory)
42b Spec Init Initialize all set up data
42C UserFontInit Initialize all user font data

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 26 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 HHT MANUAL
REV.0 2010.8.16
REV.1 2011.9.6
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

HHT MANUAL

3.6.3 MANAGEMENT / 4.3 Field Test :

ID HHT Display Commit


0 : no use
43a Field Setup 1 : installation mode (only inspection mode)
2 : auto mode

00 : Rope Brake Error cancellation


43b RopeBrkReset 01 : Rope Brake Error occurrence
*Set up “00”, then F74 error is canceled.
Car call without pushing car button
43C Auto CarCall
* After all inspection, please reset the MCU board.
Door status set up after car call service
No : no use
Auto CarCall En
Normal Door : Open → Close (normal function)
Closed Door : Keep up door close status
Auto CarCall 1 1st car call
Auto CarCall 2 2nd car call
Auto CarCall 3 3rd car call
Auto CarCall 4 4th car call
Hall call without pushing hall button
43d AutoHallCall
* After all inspection, please reset the MCU board.
Door status set up after hall call service
No : no use
AutoHallCall En
Normal Door : Open → Close (normal function)
Closed Door : Keep up door close status
AutoHallCallUp1 1st hall call up
AutoHallCallUp2 2nd hall call up
AutoHallCallDn1 1st hall call down
AutoHallCallDn2 2nd hall call down

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 27 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 HHT MANUAL
REV.0 2010.8.16
REV.1 2011.9.6
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

HHT MANUAL

3-7. INFO Mode

ID HHT Display Commit


5.1 Version Program version
5.2 CPID C/P product information

3.7.1 INFO / 5.1 Version


Program version is displayed with "Ver xx.xx" form.

ID HHT Display Commit


51a MCU.Main Main program version of MCU board
51b MCU.CAN CAN program version of MCU board
51c PIO.CPLD CPLD program version of PIO board
51d GIO GIO program version of GIO board
51e OPB.1 Main OPB board version
51f OPB.2 Sub(Rear) OPB board version
51g OPB.3 Handicap #1 OPB board version
51h OPB.4 Handicap #2 OPB board version
51i LS Load sensing board version
51j ExtIO.1 Extension I/O board #1 version
51k ExtIO.2 Extension I/O board #2 version
51l (Inverter) (no use)
51m (RMS) (no use)
51n - (no use)
51o - (no use)
51p MCU.Lib MCU library version

3.7.2 INFO / 5.2 CPID


C/P characteristic ID

ID HHT Display Commit


52a Project # Field project number
52b MCU Serial # MCU serial number
52c Mfg. Time Program download time
52d C/P # Control part number

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 28 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 HHT MANUAL
REV.0 2010.8.16
REV.1 2011.9.6
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

HHT MANUAL
4. Menu Index
4-1. Menu Index Table

Main Menu Sub Menu 1 Sub Menu 2 Sub Menu 3


0. EL.STATUS
1. IN/OUT
1.1 PIO Input
PIO Input [0]
PIO Input [1]
PIO Input [2]
PIO Input [3]
1.2 PIO Output
PIO Output [0]
PIO Output [1]
1.3 Car Input
CarSigIn [0]
CarSigIn [1]
CarSigIn [2]
CarSigIn [3]
1.4 Car Output
CarSigOut [0]
CarSigOut [1]
CarSigOut [2]
CarSigOut [3]
1.5 Call Input
CarIn.1 1-32
CarIn.1 33-64
HUpIn.1 1-32
HUpIn.1 33-64
HDnIn.1 1-32
HDnIn.1 33-64
CarIn.2 1-32
CarIn.2 33-64
HUpIn.2 1-32
HUpIn.2 33-64
HDnIn.2 1-32
HDnIn.2 33-64

(continue)

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 29 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 HHT MANUAL
REV.0 2010.8.16
REV.1 2011.9.6
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

HHT MANUAL

Main Menu Sub Menu 1 Sub Menu 2 Sub Menu 3


1. IN/OUT
1.6 Call Output
CarOut.1 1-32
CarOut.1 33-64
HUpOut.1 1-32
HUpOut.1 33-64
HDnOut.1 1-32
HDnOut.1 33-64
CarOut.2 1-32
CarOut.2 33-64
HUpOut.2 1-32
HUpOut.2 33-64
HDnOut.2 1-32
HDnOut.2 33-64
HLantnUP1 1-32
HLantnUP1 33-64
HLantnDN1 1-32
HLantnDN1 33-64
HLantnUP2 1-32
HLantnUP2 33-64
HLantnDN2 1-32
HLantnDN2 33-64
HChimeUP1 1-32
HChimeUP1 33-64
HChimeDN1 1-32
HChimeDN1 33-64
HChimeUP2 1-32
HChimeUP2 33-64
HChimeDN2 1-32
HChimeDN2 33-64
1.7 Inv. Input
Inv. Input [0]
...
Inv. Input [47]
1.8 Inv. Output
Inv. Output [0]
...
Inv. Output [47]
1.9 RMS Input
RMS Input [0]
...
RMS Input [47]

(continue)

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 30 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 HHT MANUAL
REV.0 2010.8.16
REV.1 2011.9.6
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

HHT MANUAL
Main Menu Sub Menu 1 Sub Menu 2 Sub Menu 3
1. IN/OUT 1.A RMS Output
RMS Output [0]
...
RMS Output [47]
1.B Group Input
B01 GHUIN 1-32
B02 GHUIN 33-64
B03 GHDIN 1-32
B04 GHDIN 33-64
B05 GHULP 1-32
B06 GHULP 33-64
B07 GHDLP 1-32
B08 GHDLP 33-64
B09 GHLUP 1-32
B10 GHLUP 33-64
B11 GHLDN 1-32
B12 GHLDN 33-64
B13 GWHUIN 1-32
B14 GWHUIN 33-64
B15 GWHDIN 1-32
B16 GWHFIN 33-64
B17 GWHUBLP 1-32
B18GWHUBLP 33-64
B19 GWHDBLP 1-32
B20GWHDBLP 33-64
B21 GCFLAG [0]
B22 GCFLAG [1]
B23 GCFLAG [2]
B24 GCFLAG [3]
B25 DSK.Live Cnt
B26 DSK.CAN Err
B27 DSK.CAN Cnt
B28 DSK.FLAG[3]
B29 DSK.Z68G
B30 DSK.Version
B31 DSK.FLAG[6]
B32 DSK.FLAG[7]
B33 DSK.CANTEC
B34 DSK.CANREC
B35 DSK.Master
B36 DSK.FLAG[11]
B37 DSK.FLAG[12]
B38 DSK.FLAG[13]
B39 DSK.FLAG[14]
B40 DSK.FLAG[15]

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 31 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 HHT MANUAL
REV.0 2010.8.16
REV.1 2011.9.6
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

HHT MANUAL
Main Menu Sub Menu 1 Sub Menu 2 Sub Menu 3
1. IN/OUT 1.B Group Input B41 GHURMS 1-32
B42 GHURMS 33-64
B43 GHDRMS 1-32
B44 GHDRMS 33-64
B45 GCB. 1-32
B46 GCB. 33-64
B47 GDONLS.FLAG
1.C Group Output C01 GHUOUT 1-32
C02 GHUOUT 33-64
C03 GHDOUT 1-32
C04 GHDOUT 33-64
C05 GCCOUT 1-32
C06 GCCOUT 33-64
C07 GFSTOP 1-32
C08 GFSTOP 33-64
C09 GWHUOUT 1-32
C10 GWHUOUT 33-64
C11 GWHDOUT 1-32
C12 GWHDOUT 33-64
C13 GIFLAG [0]
C14 GIFLAG [1]
C15 GIFLAG [2]
C16 GIFLAG [3]
C17 GOFLAG [0]
...
C28 GOFLAG [11]
C29 GOCHECK [0]
...
C33 GOCHECK [4]
C34 DSK.TFL
C35 DSK.RFL
C36 DSK.BFLDIF
C37 DSK.TFLDIF
C38 DSK.ELSTATE
C39 DSK.CNTL [5]
C40 DSK.CNTL [6]
C41 DSK.CNTL [7]
C42 DSK.Slave
C43 DSK.RFL nRtn
C44 DSK.SFL nRtn
C45 DSK.MFL Fix
C46 DSK.Hall 2-T
C47 DSK.CNTL [13]
C48 DSK.CNTL [14]
C49 DSK.CNTL [15]

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 32 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 HHT MANUAL
REV.0 2010.8.16
REV.1 2011.9.6
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

HHT MANUAL
Main Menu Sub Menu 1 Sub Menu 2 Sub Menu 3
1. IN/OUT
1.C Group Output
C01 GHUOUT 1-32
C02 GHUOUT 33-64
C03 GHDOUT 1-32
C04 GHDOUT 33-64
C05 GCCOUT 1-32
C06 GCCOUT 33-64
C07 GFSTOP 1-32
C08 GFSTOP 33-64
C09 GWHUOUT 1-32
C10 GWHUOUT 33-64
C11 GWHDOUT 1-32
C12 GWHDOUT 33-64
C13 GIFLAG [0]
C14 GIFLAG [1]
C15 GIFLAG [2]
C16 GIFLAG [3]
C17 GOFLAG [0]
...
C28 GOFLAG [11]
C29 GOCHECK [0]
...
C33 GOCHECK [4]
C34 DSK.TFL
C35 DSK.RFL
C36 DSK.BFLDIF
C37 DSK.TFLDIF
C38 DSK.ELSTATE
C39 DSK.CNTL [5]
C40 DSK.CNTL [6]
C41 DSK.CNTL [7]
C42 DSK.Slave
C43 DSK.RFL nRtn
C44 DSK.SFL nRtn
C45 DSK.MFL Fix
C46 DSK.Hall 2-T
C47 DSK.CNTL [13]
C48 DSK.CNTL [14]
C49 DSK.CNTL [15]

(continue)

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 33 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 HHT MANUAL
REV.0 2010.8.16
REV.1 2011.9.6
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

HHT MANUAL
Main Menu Sub Menu 1 Sub Menu 2 Sub Menu 3
1. IN/OUT
1.D CAN Status
CAN.Car Status
CAN.Hall Status
HallScan1 1-32
HallScan1 33-64
HallScan2 1-32
HallScan2 33-64
Car Scan
2. ERROR
2.1 Error List
2.2 Clear Error
2.3 Hall Error
HallErr.1 1-32
HallErr.1 33-64
HallErr.2 1-32
HallErr.2 33-64
3. SETUP
3.1 Basic
31a General
A01 Region
A02 T/M Type
A03 Speed
A04 Local Type
A05 SubBrake Typ
A06 Num. of Door
A07 Door OpenDir
A08 DLD Use
A09 LoadSwch Pos
A10 FanLightTime
A11 RFL Rtn Time
A12 RFL DoorTime
A13 Car DoorTime
A14 HalldoorTime
A15 HdcpDoorTime
A16 Move/Ind/Att
A17 DispLampType
A18 DispFontType
A19 Init TrvlLen
A20 Load Sensor
A21 AC-DC Time
A22 MC1 Off Time
A23 BMS USE
A24 WATER_LEVEL
A25 ReOpen Time

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 34 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 HHT MANUAL
REV.0 2010.8.16
REV.1 2011.9.6
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

HHT MANUAL
Main Menu Sub Menu 1 Sub Menu 2 Sub Menu 3
3. SETUP
3.1 Basic
31b Field
B01 Total FL Num
B02 Reference FL
B03 Parking FL
B04 Parking Mode
B05 Fire Mode
B06 FireRtn FL.1
B07 FireRtn FL.2
B08 Nonstop Use
B09 UserSkip Use
B10 Relevel Mode
B11 Running Open
B12 Car Call 2-T
B13 Hall Call 2-T
B14 Lantern Use
B15 BtTouchSound
B16 DispFont RFL
B17 DispRFL Skip
B18 Font Skip 1
B19 Font Skip 2
B20 UserDispFont
B21 Supervisor
B22 RMS Use
B23 Group Mode
B24 2Car:MFL
B25 2Car:BFL dif
B26 2Car:TFL dif
B27 2Car:Master
B28 2Car:RFL Rtn
B29 2Car:SFL Rtn
B30 2Car:Option
B31 ANSI Spec
B32 Brk-off Time
B33 EMP Use
B34 EMP FL
B35 ELD Use
B36 Earthquake
B37 VIP Use
B38 VIP FL
B39 Pass Mode

(continue)

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 35 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 HHT MANUAL
REV.0 2010.8.16
REV.1 2011.9.6
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

HHT MANUAL
Main Menu Sub Menu 1 Sub Menu 2 Sub Menu 3
3. SETUP
3.1 Basic
31b Field
B40 1BC Use
B41 FakeCallCncl
B42 RearCallCncl
B43 ATStall Time
B44 Handicap Use
B45 Night Run
B46 BuzzerOption
B47 ForceCallSet
31c Nonstop
C01 Glb.NonStp.L
C02 Glb.NonStp.H
C03 FronNonStp.L
C04 FronNonStp.H
C05 RearNonStp.L
C06 RearNonStp.H
C07 RMS NonStp.L
C08 RMS NonStp.H
C09 User Skip1.L
C10 User Skip1.H
C11 User Skip2.L
C12 User Skip2.H
C13 CardkeyMsk.L
C14 CardkeyMsk.H
C15 KeyBoxNons.L
C16 KeyBoxNons.L
3.2 Device
32a OPB.2 Use
32b OPB.2 Type
32c OPB.3 Use
32d OPB.4 Use
32e HdcpOPB Type
32f ExtIO 0~7 Use
32g ExtIO 8~E Use
32h Hall.1 Type
32i Hall.2 Type
32j CardKey Type
32k CardKey Auto
32l CTS Type
32m DestCallType
32n RS485 Type
32o RS485 Speed

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 36 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 HHT MANUAL
REV.0 2010.8.16
REV.1 2011.9.6
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

HHT MANUAL
Main Menu Sub Menu 1 Sub Menu 2 Sub Menu 3
3. SETUP
3.2 Device
32p HomeCall Use
32q CAN-HHT Use
32r Inv. Type
32s UART0 Use
32t UART0 Speed
32u UART1 Use
32v UART1 Speed
32w UART2 Use
32x UART2 Speed
3.3 Time & Date
33a Time Set
33b Date Set
33c RTC Init
4. MANAGEMENT
4.1 EL Run Count
4.2 Factory Test
42a C/P Test
42b Spec Init
42c UserFontInit
4.3 Field Test
43a Field Setup FieldTestSetup
43b RopeBrkReset RopeBrake Reset
43c Auto CarCall Auto CarCall En
Auto CarCall 1~4
43d AutoHallCall AutoHallCall En
AutoHallCallUp1~2
AutoHallCallDn1~2

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 37 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 HHT MANUAL
REV.0 2010.8.16
REV.1 2011.9.6
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

HHT MANUAL
Main Menu Sub Menu 1 Sub Menu 2 Sub Menu 3
5. INFO
5.1 Version
51a MCU.Main
51b MCU.CAN
51c PIO.CPLD
51d GIO
51e OPB.1
51f OPB.2
51g OPB.3
51h OPB.4
51i LS
51j ExtIO.1
51k ExtIO.2
51l (Inverter)
51m (RMS)
51n -
51o -
51p Menu
5.2 CPID
52a Project #
52b MCU Serial #
52c Mfg. Time
52d C/P #

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 38 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 HHT MANUAL
REV.0 2010.8.16
REV.1 2011.9.6
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

HHT MANUAL
5. Revision

Rev. Commit Date Remark

0 2009-11-6
- 1.IN/OUT > 1.B Group Input > B41~B47
- 3.SETUP > 3.1Basic > 31aGeneral > A22,25
1 2011-9-6
- 3.SETUP > 3.1Basic > 31bField > B47
- 3.SETUP > 3.2Device > 32r~32x

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 39 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 Trouble manual
REV.1 2011.12.09
REV.0 2009.11.06
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

TROUBLESHOOTING MANUAL

STVF7 SERIES

TROUBLESHOOTING MANUAL

This manual is the property of Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd


and is loaned subject to return upon demand.
Contents of this publication shall not be reproduced in any
form without written permission of Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd.

HYUNDAI ELEVATOR CO., LTD.

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 1 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 Trouble manual
REV.1 2011.12.09
REV.0 2009.11.06
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

TROUBLESHOOTING MANUAL

TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. INTRODUCTION ·············································································································································· 3
1-1. Main feature ············································································································································· 3

2. INSTALLATION ·················································································································································· 3
2-1. Safety ························································································································································ 3

3. BOARDS ADJUSTMENT ································································································································· 5


3-1. MCU Board & PIO Board Adjustment ······························································································· 5
3-2. GIO Board Adjustment ·························································································································· 6
3-3. TNP Board Adjustment ·························································································································· 8
3-4. CCB-7 Board Adjustment ·················································································································· 10
3-5. OPB-340 Board Adjustment ·············································································································· 11
3-6. HPI/HIP CAN Board Adjustment ······································································································· 12
3-7. Voice Synthesizer ································································································································· 15
3-8. CPI-CAN Board Adjustment ··············································································································· 16
3-9. LS Board Adjustment ··························································································································· 17

4. INSPECTION OPERATION ························································································································· 18


4-1. Brake line connection ························································································································· 18
4-2. Power line connection ························································································································ 18
4-3. Motor line connection ························································································································· 18
4-4. Check points after turning on the power ······················································································· 18
4-5. Operate Inspection ······························································································································· 19

5. INITIALIZING OPERATION ························································································································· 20


5-1. Purpose ·················································································································································· 20
5-2. Check subjects ···································································································································· 20
5-3. Operating Procedure ···························································································································· 21
5-4. Cautious Subjects ································································································································ 21
5-5. Initialization Flow Chart ····················································································································· 22

6. LOAD COMPENSATING DEVICE SETUP ······························································································ 23


6-1. Purpose ·················································································································································· 23
6-2. Procedure ··············································································································································· 23

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 2 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 Trouble manual
REV.1 2011.12.09
REV.0 2009.11.06
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

TROUBLESHOOTING MANUAL
1. INTRODUCTION

* The manual describes the troubleshooting method of Hyundai "STVF7, LXVF7, SSVF7"
elevator system.

* In this manual, elevator troubles are explained in two cases i.e.


* "Condition of operation impossible" means the impossible state of starting and running of
elevator by certain causes of troubles.
* "Condition of operation possible" means the possible state of running, but normal service for
passenger's is not made by several causes of troubles.

* As troubles are describes by trouble modes and causes of troubles and troubleshooting
methods are explained.

* This manual shall be helpful for prompt and accurate troubleshooting of the troubles that
could happen at jobsite.

* System power and Boards are explained in "STVF7 INSTALLATION MANUAL AND ADJUSTMENT
MANUAL"

* HHT use methods are explained in "STVF7 HHT MANUAL".

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 3 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 Trouble manual
REV.1 2011.12.09
REV.0 2009.11.06
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

TROUBLESHOOTING MANUAL

2. TROUBLESHOOING METHOD WITH HHT

2-1. Connection and initialization of HHT


1) Connect HHT to MCU "H8" connector at elevator stopped.
2) Push "ESC" and "ENTER" key for 1 seconds simultaneously.
3) Then, HHT initial menu is displayed normally.
4) Please refer to "STVF7 HHT MANUAL".

ID HHT Main Menu Remark


0. EL.STATUS Total Information Mode
PIO I/O, Car I/O, Call I/O, INVERTER I/O, RMS I/O,
1. IN/OUT
Group I/O, CAN STATUS, EXT I/O
2. ERROR Error, Error records, Erasing records, Hall Error
Spec. change, Device set up, Time set up,
3. SETUP
Initialization, Load set up
4. MANAGEMENT Field test, Factory test, Count E/L running times
5. INFO Version information

[Table 1. HHT Main Menu]

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 4 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 Trouble manual
REV.1 2011.12.09
REV.0 2009.11.06
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

TROUBLESHOOTING MANUAL
2-2. Total Information Mode

C 1 3 5 6 7 8 11 15 16
V
1 A u C D ↑ ≡ 2 ( B 1 ) / 3 3
2 F 6 8 [ 0 9 : 2 5 ]

Position Commit Display


No no mode F1 1st fireman op.
Au auto F2 2nd fireman op.
In In-Car inspection Mv independent op.
1verse On On-Car inspection Ep Emergency op.
Elevator Status Machine room Emergency
1,2 column Mc El
inspection Landing op.
Fi Initialization Eq Earthquake op.
Pk Parking op. Rp Sub brake in
Fr Fireman Return Ar Arrange op.
OG Openning RG Rear Door Openning
1verse OP Open RO Rear Door Open
Door Status
3,4 column CG Closing RC Raer Door Close
CD Close
1v 5c Direction ↑: Up, • : Stop, ↓: Down
1v 6c Door zone sensor ULA, DZ, DLA
1v 7c Non-Stop Floor (Space) : Service Floor, * : non-Service Floor
1v 8,9c Absolute Floor
1v 11~12c Floor display Floor display on Indicator
1v 15,16c Total Floor
2v 1,2,3c Error display ---:
--- No error, Fxx:
Fxx error code
2v 11~15c Current time Hour : Minute

[Table 2. Total Information Mode]

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 5 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 Trouble manual
REV.1 2011.12.09
REV.0 2009.11.06
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

TROUBLESHOOTING MANUAL
2-3. IN/OUT MODE
(1) Method of checking IN/OUT status
ex) : 1.1 PIO input status

P I O I N P U T ( 0 ) PIO Input (0) mode


0 X 0 0 C 2 0 0 1 7 DATA : 32bit hex value
(a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b) (a) (b)
④ ③ ② ①

①-(b) : 7 => 29,41,40 : ON


①-(a) : 1 => AUTO : ON
③-(b) : 2 => FMR : ON
③-(a) : C => MCI,MC2I : ON
* It is same as the other in/out mode.

(2) PIO Input (1. IN/OUT >> 1-1. PIO Input)

SIGNAL NAME
(a) (b)
HHT
8 4 2 1 8 4 2 1
bit8 bit7 bit6 bit5 bit4 bit3 bit2 bit1
① MDN MUP MCS AUTO BKOP 40 41 29
② DLS PLDL PLDH PLDM PLUM PLUH PLUL ULS
PIO Input [0]
③ MC2I MCI ELDI EQP EQS PARK FMR RBKI
④ BKB FMR2 RDZ FDZ EMPO HOME ATS MT
① PDN PUP PHAND PAUTO RNBL WLS PDLS CTOL

PIO Input [1]


① 30B BKS ZSP RUN DLD DLA DZ ULA

PIO Input [2]

[Table 3. PIO Input]


a. If elevator is in machine room inspection, check that "PIO Input[0]" is

whether - - - - - - 2 7 or not. (MCS, 40, 41, 29)


b. If limit switches are in good condition, check that "PIO Input[0]" is

whether - - - - E 7 - - or not. (DLS, PLDL, PLDH, PLUH, PLUL, ULS)


c. If door zone sensors are in good condition, check that "PIO Input[2]" is

whether - - - - - - - 7 or not. (DLA, DZ, ULA)


d. If inverter is in good condition at stopped, check that "PIO Input[2]" is

whether - - - - - - A - or not. (30B, ZSP)

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 6 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 Trouble manual
REV.1 2011.12.09
REV.0 2009.11.06
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

TROUBLESHOOTING MANUAL

(3) PIO Output (1. IN/OUT >> 1-2. PIO Output)

HHT SIGNAL NAME


REV FWD MC2 MC1 RBK BRKA
XRLY MFAN SPO2 SPO1 ELDO BRKC BRKB ALARM
PIO Output [0]
RST INIT

[Table 4. PIO Output]


a. If elevator is stopped, check that "PIO Output[0]" is

whether - - - - - - - 6 or not. (MC1, RBK)

* SSVF7 : - - - - - - - E (MC2, MC1, RBK)


b. If elevator is moving upward, check that "PIO Output[0]" is

whether - - - - - - 1 7 or not. (FWD, MC1, RBK, BRKA)

* SSVF7 : - - - - - - 1 F (FWD, MC2, MC1, RBK, BRKA)

(4) Car Input (1. IN/OUT >> 1-3. Car Input)

HHT Signal Name


FC5 NDZ FC3 FR2 FR1 ONDN ONUP ONS
OL FULL L70 L30 EE SE DCL DOL
CarSigIn [0]
DCS DCB DOB INS AUTO
ODD EVEN EACH MOVE PASS ATT PWR

CarSigIn [1]

REE RSE RDCL RDOL


CarSigIn [2]
RDCS RDCB RDOB

CarSigIn [3]

[Table 5. Car Input]


a. If inspection switch on the cage is on, check that "Car Input[0]"

is whether - - - - - - - 1 or not. (ONS)


b. If door open button is pushed, check that "Car Input[0]" is

whether - - 1 - - - - - or not. (DOB)

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 7 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 Trouble manual
REV.1 2011.12.09
REV.0 2009.11.06
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

TROUBLESHOOTING MANUAL
(5) Car Output (1. IN/OUT >> 1-4. Car Output)

HHT Signal Name


LTR VFR UDST FST FDR FR2R CLR OPR
DST DDN DUP VOL LED3 LED2 LED1 OLBZ
CarSigOut [0]
VEQ DLOCK VWEL VFD VIP NUDGR

BN2 VCL VOP LED4 RNUGR RCLR ROPR REAR


CarSigOut [1]
VCNCL RDOOR FDOOR

CarSigOut [2]

CarSigOut [3]

[Table 6. Car output]

(6) CAN Status (1. IN/OUT >> 1-D. CAN Status)

HHT Commit
Car part CAN status register value :
CAN.Car Status * normal : 0x0000000C
* abnormal : 0x80000044
Hall part CAN status register value :
CAN.Hall Status * normal : 0x0000000C
* abnormal : 0x80000044
Normal/Front Hall detected ID 1~32 floor
(Detected Hall ID bit is displayed "1")
HallScan1 1-32
* example 8 floor = 0x000000FF
* example 15 floor = 0x00007FFF
HallScan1 33-64 Normal/Front Hall detected ID 33~64 floor
HallScan2 1-32 Handicap/Rear Hall detected ID 1~32 floor
HallScan2 33-64 Handicap/Rear Hall detected ID 33~64 floor
Detected ID of OPB board :
*0xHGFEDCBA
Car Scan
H G F E D C B A
-- ExIO2 ExIO1 LS OPB4 OPB3 OPB2 OPB1

[Table 7. CAN Status]

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 8 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 Trouble manual
REV.1 2011.12.09
REV.0 2009.11.06
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

TROUBLESHOOTING MANUAL
2-4. ERROR MENU

ID HHT Display Commit


2.1 Error List Error occurrence / cancellation list
2.2 Clear Error Clear error occurrence / cancellation list
2.3 Hall Error Hall board error

[Table 8. ERROR MENU]


1) Error List (2.ERROR >> 2.1 Error List)
- Error list is recorded with error code, occurrence time, cancellation time in regular
sequence.
- The total number of recorded lists is 64.
ex 1) 2009. 2. 17 15:55:47.11 F11 occurrence

0 0 2 F 1 1 s e t
0 9 0 2 1 7 - 1 5 5 5 4 7 . 1 1

ex 2) 2009. 2. 17 15:59:58.87 F11 cancellation

0 0 1 F 1 1 c l r
0 9 0 2 1 7 - 1 5 5 9 5 8 . 8 7

2) Clear Error (2.ERROR >> 2.2 Clear Error)


- Clear the total 64 error records.

ex) Clear Error /Cln Error List? → push button

→select "yes" using button → push button

C l n E r r o r L i s t ?
▶ Y e s

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 9 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 Trouble manual
REV.1 2011.12.09
REV.0 2009.11.06
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

TROUBLESHOOTING MANUAL
3) Hall Error (2.ERROR >> 2.3 Hall Error)
- Undetected or dis-order hall board ID bit is displayed "1".
- Check the hall board. Refer to "STVF7 ADJUSTMENT MANUAL".

HHT Commit
HallErr.1 1-32 Normal/Front Hall error 1~32 floor
HallErr.1 33-64 Normal/Front Hall error 33~64 floor
HallErr.2 1-32 Handicap/Rear Hall error 1~32 floor
HallErr.2 33-64 Handicap/Rear Hall error 33~64 floor

ex) Hall ID error is detected at 1, 2, 6, 8 floor

H a l l E r r . 1 1 - 3 2 Hall Err.1 1-32 mode


0 X 0 0 0 0 0 0 A 3 DATA : 32bit hex value

25~3217~24 9~16 1~8

“ 0X000000A3 " ---- 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 floor


DATA "A3 " ---- 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 1

* If there is no hall error, DATA is displayed “0x00000000”.

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 10 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 Trouble manual
REV.1 2011.12.09
REV.0 2009.11.06
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

TROUBLESHOOTING MANUAL
3. ERROR CODES

F11 Safety Line Error

- Safety line error(when elevator is stopped).


State
- Impossible to move in inspection, auto operation and etc.,
- Elec.W.diagram : COL 3A, 3B, 3C, 4A
Reference
- MCU Bd HHT : 1.IN/OUT >> 1.1 PIO Input >> PIO Input [0] "29"
- Check power supply DC110V, DC24V.
- Check “X29” relay of TNP board.
Check
- Check switches of safety line.
Point
- Check HHT 1.IN/OUT >> 1.1 PIO Input >> PIO Input [0] “29”
- Check H2,H3 cable between PIO board and TNP board.

F21 Running Time Error

- Available running time error


State
- stop running → impossible to move in any operation
- HHT : 3.SETUP>>3.1 basic>>31b Field>>B43 ATStall Time
Reference
- HHT : 3.SETUP>>3.1 basic>>31b Field>>B01 Total FL Num
- Check brake operation.
- Check the signal "FWD/REV" transmission from MCU to inverter.
Check
- Check the signal "BKS, RUN" of inverter.
Point
- Check inverter HHT "MONITOR>>Floor data>>1F ~ top floor.
- Check total floor data between MCU and inverter.

F31 DPRAM Error

State - DPRAM cable error between MCU and inverter

Reference - Elec.W.diagram : COL 1A, 1B, 1C

Check - Check the DPRAM cable from MCU H6 to inverter CN7.


Point - Check the DPRAM cable shield and ground.

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 11 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 Trouble manual
REV.1 2011.12.09
REV.0 2009.11.06
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

TROUBLESHOOTING MANUAL

F41 FWD/REV Error

- (in inspection) MCU commands to stop, but FWD/REV signal output


State to inverter.
- stop running → "MC1" contactor off (turning inverter off)
- Elec.W.diagram : COL 1A, 1B, 1C
Reference - MCU HHT : 1.IN/OUT>>1.2 PIO Output>>PIO Output[0] "FWD","REV"
- MCU HHT : 1.IN/OUT>>1.1 PIO Input>>PIO Input[2] "ZSP","RUN"
Check - Check "FWD","REV" signal of HHT and relay of PIO board.
Point - Check inverter HHT "MONITOR>>I/O>>Y1,2,3".

F51 "MC1" Contactor Error

- MCU commands "MCX1" on, but "MC1" contactor is not on.


State
- Impossible to move in any operation.

- Elec.W.diagram : COL 4A
Reference - MCU HHT : 1.IN/OUT>>1.1 PIO Input>>PIO Input[0] "MCI"
- MCU HHT : 1.IN/OUT>>1.2 PIO Output>>PIO Output[0] "MC1"
- Check "MCX1" relay of TNP board.
Check
- Check PIO board.
Point
- Check "MC1" contactor connection.

F61 "MC2" Contactor Stuck Error

- MCU commands "MCX2" off, but "MC2" contactor is not off.


State
- Impossible to move in any operation.

- Elec.W.diagram : COL 1C, 3C, 4A


Reference - MCU HHT : 1.IN/OUT>>1.1 PIO Input>>PIO Input[0] "MC2I"
- MCU HHT : 1.IN/OUT>>1.2 PIO Output>>PIO Output[0] "MC2"
- Check "MC2" contacts have welded or not
Check - Check "MC2" contactor connection.
Point - Check "MCX2" relay of TNP board.
- Check PIO board.

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 12 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 Trouble manual
REV.1 2011.12.09
REV.0 2009.11.06
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

TROUBLESHOOTING MANUAL

F71 Safety Line Error (While Running)

- Safety line error (when elevator is running).


State
- Impossible to move in inspection, auto operation and etc.,

- Elec.W.diagram : COL 3A, 3B, 3C, 4A


Reference
- MCU HHT : 1.IN/OUT>>1.1 PIO Input>>PIO Input[0] "29"

- Check power supply DC110V, DC24V.


- Check “X29” Relay of TNP board.
Check
- Check switches of safety line.
Point
- Check HHT 1.IN/OUT >> 1.1 PIO Input >> PIO Input [0] “29”
- Check H2,H3 cable between PIO board and TNP board.

F81 Watchdog Error

- MCU board fault


State
- Impossible to move in inspection, auto operation and etc.,

Reference - MCU "WDOG" LED

Check
- Repair the MCU board
Point

F91 MCU Board Reset

State - Displayed at that time of booting the MCU board

Reference - None

- Check power supply AC 220V.


Check
- Check power input connector "CM1" of MCU board. (DC 5V)
Point
- Check the push button "RESET"

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 13 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 Trouble manual
REV.1 2011.12.09
REV.0 2009.11.06
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

TROUBLESHOOTING MANUAL

F12 MT_Thermal / CCS Switch Error


- Motor thermal activates in running → F12 → move to near door zone
- Compensation chain switch activates in running → F12 occurs
State
→ move to near door zone
- Possible to move in inspection.

- Elec.W.diagram : COL 4A (CCS/MT)


Reference
- MCU HHT : 1.IN/OUT >> 1.1 PIO Input >> PIO Input [0] “MT”

- Check TH1,THC with tester.


Check
- Check MT relay.
Point
- Check CCS switch.

F22 Floor data Error


- Floor data error in auto operation.
State - Impossible to move in auto operation.
- Floor data error between MCU and inverter
- Elec.W.diagram : COL 1A, 1B, 1C
Reference - MCU HHT : 3.SETUP>>3.1Basic>>31b Field>>B01 Total FL Num
- inverter HHT : PROGRAM>>CONTROL>>MAX FLOOR

Check - Check floor data between MCU and inverter.


Point - Check DPRAM cable, shield and ground.

F42 Initialization Error

State - After initialization, inverter don't output high operation signal to MCU.

- Elec.W.diagram : COL 3A, 3B


- MCU HHT : 1.IN/OUT >> 1.1 PIO Input >> PIO Input [0] “ULS, DLS”
Reference
- Inverter HHT : MONITOR>>BASIC>>INIT OK
: PROGRAM>>CONTROL>>MAX FLOOR
- Check the door zone sensor input.
Check
- Check the floor data of inverter "MAX FLOOR".
Point
- Check the limit switch position.

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 14 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 Trouble manual
REV.1 2011.12.09
REV.0 2009.11.06
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

TROUBLESHOOTING MANUAL
F52 Pulse Error

- Pulse compensation error (±500mm) in auto operation.


State
- F42 → move to near door zone

- Elec.W.diagram : COL 4A
Reference - MCU HHT : 1.IN/OUT >> 1.1 PIO Input >> PIO Input [2] “ULA, DLA”
- Inverter HHT : MONITOR>>FLOOR DATA>>CURRENT POSITION

- Check the door zone sensor input.


Check
- Check the floor data of inverter "MAX FLOOR". ?
Point
- Check the limit switch position.

F62 Vane Count Error

- In initialization, the number of door vane is different from total floor data.
State
- Possible to move in inspection.

- Elec.W.diagram : COL 3A, 3B, 4A


Reference - MCU HHT : 1.IN/OUT >> 1.1 PIO Input >> PIO Input [0] “ULS, DLS”
- MCU HHT : 1.IN/OUT >> 1.1 PIO Input >> PIO Input [2] “DLA,DZ,ULA”

- Check the door vane and sensor input.


Check
- Check the floor data of inverter "MAX FLOOR".
Point
- Check the limit switch position.

F72 Long Creeping Error

State - Creeping time is over 15 seconds in auto operation

- Elec.W.diagram : COL 3A, 3B


Reference - MCU HHT : 1.IN/OUT >> 1.1 PIO Input >> PIO Input [0]
“PLUH, PLDH, PLUM, PLDM”

- Check the limit switch position.


Check
- Check the limit switch signal.
Point
- Redo the initialization

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 15 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 Trouble manual
REV.1 2011.12.09
REV.0 2009.11.06
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

TROUBLESHOOTING MANUAL

F13 OPB Line disconnection Error

- OPB line disconnection error


State
- Possible to move in inspection.

Reference - MCU HHT : 1.IN/OUT>>1.D CAN Status>>CAN.Car Status


- Check the OPB line and OPB board.
Check
- HHT "CAN.Car Status" : 0x000000** (normal)
Point
: 0x800000** (abnormal)

F23 OPB bus off Error

- MCU commands to stop communication as noise.


State
- Possible to move in inspection.

Reference - MCU HHT : 1.IN/OUT>>1.D CAN Status>>CAN.Car Status


Check - Check line noise and OPB board.
Point - Check ground condition of machine room.

F43 PCB WatchDog Error

- In stopping condition, F43 set. impossible to move in auto operation.


State
- Possible to move in inspection.

Reference - None
Check
- Repair or update the OPB-340 board,
Point

F63 OPB Communication Error

- OPB line is correct, but communication data error occurs.


State
- Possible to move in inspection.

Reference - MCU HHT : 1.IN/OUT>>1.D CAN Status>>CAN.Car Status


Check - Check communication line and OPB board.
Point - Check OPB board dip switch. (all dip switches must be off)

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 16 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 Trouble manual
REV.1 2011.12.09
REV.0 2009.11.06
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

TROUBLESHOOTING MANUAL

F83 OPB Communication Error (Penetration Type)

State - all communication signal of rear OPB are none

Reference - MCU Bd HHT : 5. REAR/INFO >> 5.1 Version >> 51f OPB.2

- Check rear OPB ID (DIP Switch 4 on, 3~1 off)


Check
- Check rear OPB LD1 (LED flickering) and LD2 (DC 24V)
Point
- MCU Bd HHT : 3. SETUP >> 3.2 Device >> 32a OPB2. USE

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 17 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 Trouble manual
REV.1 2011.12.09
REV.0 2009.11.06
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

TROUBLESHOOTING MANUAL

F14 Door Error (In running)

- Interlock switch or gate switch is not on while elevator running.


State
- F14 → impossible to move in any operation.
- Elec.W.diagram : COL 3A, 3B, 3C, 4A
Reference
- MCU HHT : 1.IN/OUT >> 1.1 PIO Input >> PIO Input [0] “40, 41”
- Check hatch door interlock switch and gate switch.
Check
- Check "CT4", "CT5" connectors status of TNP board.
Point
- Check "X40", "X41" relays status of TNP board.

F24 Door Jumper Error

State - Interlock or gate switch jumper when car door is open fully.

- Elec.W.diagram : COL 3A, 3B, 3C, 4A


Reference - MCU HHT : 1.IN/OUT >> 1.1 PIO Input >> PIO Input [0] “40, 41”
- MCU HHT : 1.IN/OUT >> 1.3 Car Input >> CarSigIn [0] “DOL, DCL”
- Check hatch door interlock switch and gate switch.
Check
- Check "CT4", "CT5" connectors status of TNP board.
Point
- Check "X40", "X41" relays status of TNP board.

F34 DCL Error

State - No "DCL" signal input after trying to close 3 times.

- Elec.W.diagram : COL 6A, 6B, 6C


Reference
- MCU HHT : 1.IN/OUT >> 1.3 Car Input >> CarSigIn [0] “DCL”

- Check "DCL" signal and sensor state.


Check
- Check door sill and obstacles.
Point
- Check "CC13" connector of CCB-7 board.

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 18 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 Trouble manual
REV.1 2011.12.09
REV.0 2009.11.06
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

TROUBLESHOOTING MANUAL

F44 Door Open Error


- After trying to open 3 times, MCU commands to move E/L for next floor.
- And if E/L can't open the door again, MCU commands to move E/L
State
for lobby.
- Then F44 error occurs.
- Elec.W.diagram : COL 6A, 6B, 6C
Reference
- MCU HHT : 1.IN/OUT >> 1.3 Car Input >> CarSigIn [0] “DOL”

- Check "DOL" signal and sensor state.


Check
- Check door sill and obstacles.
Point
- Check "CC13" connector of CCB-7 board.

F54 Door Close Error (before E/L start to move)


- Interlock, gate, DCL signal fault before E/L start to move
State
- F54 → cancel calls → open, close
- Elec.W.diagram : COL 3A, 3B, 3C, 4A, 6A, 6B, 6C
Reference - MCU HHT : 1.IN/OUT >> 1.1 PIO Input >> PIO Input [0] “40,41”
- MCU HHT : 1.IN/OUT >> 1.3 Car Input >> CarSigIn [0] “DCL”
- Check "DCL" signal and sensor state.
Check
- Check "CT4", "CT5" connectors status of TNP board.
Point
- Check "X40", "X41" relays status of TNP board.

F64 Door Open Error (Penetration Type)


- Front door opened at rear door zone in condition of arrange mode
State
- Rear door opened at front door zone in condition of arrange mode
- Elec.W.diagram : COL 6C
- MCU HHT : 1.IN/OUT >> 1.1 PIO Input >> PIO Input [0] “FDZ,RDZ”
Reference
- MCU HHT : 1.IN/OUT >> 1.3 Car Input >> CarSigIn [0] “DCL”
- MCU HHT : 1.IN/OUT >> 1.3 Car Input >> CarSigIn [2] “RDCL”
- Check "DCL,RDCL" signal and sensor state.
- Check "FDZ, RDZ" signal and door zone sensor state.
Check - MCU Bd HHT : 3.SETUP >> 3.1 Basic >> 31c Nonstop >> C03,C04
Point FronNonStp
- MCU Bd HHT : 3.SETUP >> 3.1 Basic >> 31c Nonstop >> C05,C06
RearNonStp

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 19 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 Trouble manual
REV.1 2011.12.09
REV.0 2009.11.06
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

TROUBLESHOOTING MANUAL

F74 Abnormal Running Error (in a state of door open)


- E/L moves to a out of door zone without "FWD,REV" signal.
State - F74 → sub brake activated (RBK off) → stop
- Impossible to move in any operation
- Elec.W.diagram : COL 3A, 3B, 4B, 4C
Reference - MCU HHT : 1.IN/OUT >> 1.1 PIO Input >> PIO Input [0] “RBKI”
- MCU HHT : 4.MANAGEMENT >> 4.3 FieldTest >> 43b RopeBrkReset
- Check the lining state of brake.
- Check the brake spring setting.
Check
- Check the gate and hatch interlock switch while E/L is running.
Point
- Check "CT51" connector of TNP board. (RBKIN)
- Cancel F74 : MCU HHT "43b RopeBrkReset" → 0x00

F84 MC1 Contactor Stuck (After F74 Error)


- Though F74 Error happened, "MCI" signal is not off as MC1 contactor
State stuck.
- Impossible to move in any operation.
- Elec.W.diagram : COL2A, COL2B, COL3C, COL4A
Reference - MCU Bd HHT : IN/OUT / PIO Input / PIO Input [0] "MCI"
- MCU Bd HHT : IN/OUT / PIO Output / PIO Output [0] "MC1"
- Check MC1 contactor condition
Check
- Check PIO Output [0] "MC1" signal off
Point
- Check PIO Input [0] "MCI" signal off

F94 Impossible To Move After Door Error (In running)

- Interlock switch or gate switch is not on while elevator running.


State
- F94 → impossible to move in any operation. (Russian national code)

- Elec.W.diagram : COL 3A, 3B, 3C, 4A


- MCU HHT : 1.IN/OUT >> 1.1 PIO Input >> PIO Input [0] “40, 41”
Reference
- MCU HHT : 3.SETUP >> 3.1 Basic >> 31b Field >> B46 BuzzerOption >>
F94 Enable
- Check hatch door interlock switch and gate switch.
Check
- Check "CT4", "CT5" connectors status of TNP board.
Point
- Check "X40", "X41" relays status of TNP board.

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 20 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 Trouble manual
REV.1 2011.12.09
REV.0 2009.11.06
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

TROUBLESHOOTING MANUAL

F15 Inverter Error (30B)

- Abnormal state of inverter (30B off) in spite of MCU output reset signal
State 5 times at 2 second interval.
- F15 → MC1 off → impossible to move in any operation.

- Elec.W.diagram : COL 1A, 1B, 1C


Reference
- MCU HHT : 1.IN/OUT >> 1.1 PIO Input >> PIO Input [2] “30B”

- Connect HHT to inverter and check inverter error.


Check
- Check "H9" connector of TNP board.
Point
- Check the 3-phase power. (R,S,T)

F25 Dynamic Braking Error

- Despite no command, E/L moves upward or downward


State → MCU commands to brake off continuously
→ And dynamic braking (output "FWD" for 1 second) → F25

- Elec.W.diagram : COL 1A, 1B, 1C, 2A, 2B, 2C


Reference
- MCU HHT : 1.IN/OUT >> 1.1 PIO Input >> PIO Input [2] “ZSP”

- Check the lining state of brake.


Check - Check the brake spring setting.
Point - Check the obstacles in brake.
- Check the noise in the motor encoder.

F35 Inverter Setting Error

- Despite no command, "RUN" or "BKS" signal of inverter is turned on .


State
- Impossible to move in any operation.

- Elec.W.diagram : COL 1A, 1B, 1C


Reference
- MCU HHT : 1.IN/OUT >> 1.1 PIO Input >> PIO Input [2] “ZSP,BKS,30B”

Check - Check the all data of inverter.


Point - Check "CN12" of Inverter and "H9" connector of TNP board.

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 21 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 Trouble manual
REV.1 2011.12.09
REV.0 2009.11.06
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

TROUBLESHOOTING MANUAL

F45 Inverter Run Signal Error

- At the time to start, there is no "RUN" signal of inverter → F45 occurs


State
- Impossible to move in any operation.

- Elec.W.diagram : COL 1A, 1B, 1C


Reference - MCU HHT : 1.IN/OUT>>1.2 PIO Output>>PIO Output [0] “FWD,REV”
- MCU HHT : 1.IN/OUT>>1.1 PIO Input>>PIO Input [2] “RUN”
- Check "H9" connector of TNP board and "CN12" connector of inverter.
Check
- Check "FWD,REV" in MCU HHT
Point
- Check "F,R" in inverter HHT "MONITOR >> I/O"

F55 Speed Disagreement Error

State - Inverter output speed disagreement error while E/L is running.

Reference - Elec.W.diagram : COL 1A, 1B, 1C

- Check the motor encoder and encoder line noise.


- Check the data of inverter HHT.
Check
- Check the connection of U,V,W between inverter and motor.
Point
- Check the balance between cage and counter weight.
- Check another errors of MCU and inverter.

F65 Inverter ZSP Error

- At the time to start, "ZSP" signal is turned on and E/L can't move
State for 5 seconds.
- F65 occurs → Possible to move in any operation.
- Elec.W.diagram : COL 1A, 1B, 1C
Reference
- MCU HHT : 1.IN/OUT >> 1.1 PIO Input >> PIO Input [2] “ZSP”

- Check the motor encoder and encoder line.


Check - Check "H9" connector of TNP board and "CN12" connector of inverter.
Point - Check inverter HHT "MONITOR >> I/O".
- Check inverter HHT "PROGRAM >> INTERFACE >> Zero Speed Level"

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 22 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 Trouble manual
REV.1 2011.12.09
REV.0 2009.11.06
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

TROUBLESHOOTING MANUAL

F75 Inverter Error (In running)

State - Abnormal state of inverter (30B off) while E/L is running.

- Elec.W.diagram : COL 1A, 1B, 1C


Reference
- MCU HHT : 1.IN/OUT >> 1.1 PIO Input >> PIO Input [2] “30B”

Check - Check the inverter HHT "MONITOR >> ERROR"


Point - Check "H9" connector of TNP board and "CN12" connector of inverter.

F16 Brake Open Error (F26 twice)


- MCU commands to open brake, but brake can't be operated.
① "BKOP(Brake confirm switch)" isn't activated.
State
② "RBKIN(sub brake confirm signal)" isn't activated.
- F26 twice → F16 occurs
- Elec.W.diagram : COL 2A, 2B, 2C, 3A, 3B, 4B, 4C
Reference
- MCU HHT : 1.IN/OUT >> 1.1 PIO Input >> PIO Input [0] “BKOP,RBKI”
- Check the brake line power and connection.
- Check the "BKOP" switch and connection with MCU HHT.
Check
- Check the "CT3B" connector of TNP board.
Point
- Check the "RBKIN" line and connection in case of appling sub brake.
- Check the "CT51" connector of TNP board.

F26 Brake Open Error

- Same as F16
State
- F26 twice → F16 occurs

- Elec.W.diagram : COL 2A, 2B, 2C, 3A, 3B, 4B, 4C


Reference
- MCU HHT : 1.IN/OUT >> 1.1 PIO Input >> PIO Input [0] “BKOP,RBKI”

Check
- Same as F16
Point

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 23 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 Trouble manual
REV.1 2011.12.09
REV.0 2009.11.06
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

TROUBLESHOOTING MANUAL

F36 Brake activation Error


- Despite no command, "BKOP(Brake confirm switch)" is activated
State
- F36 occurs → buzzer on
- Elec.W.diagram : COL 3A, 3B
Reference
- MCU HHT : 1.IN/OUT >> 1.1 PIO Input >> PIO Input [0] “BKOP”
- Check the "BKOP" switch setting.
Check
- Check the obstacles in brake.
Point
- Check the "BKOP" line and connection.

F46 Brake Contactor Stuck Error


- In spite of MCU commands to turn brake off, brake contact can't be off.
State
- Impossible to move in any operation.
- Elec.W.diagram : COL 4A
Reference
- MCU HHT : 1.IN/OUT >> 1.1 PIO Input >> PIO Input [0] “BKB”
- Check "BKB" contacts have welded or not
Check
- Check brake contactor(BKB) and its connection.
Point
- Check "BRB" relay of TNP board.

F56 Car Brake Input Error

State - No car brake input in inspection or auto operation.


- Elec.W.diagram : COL 3A, 3B, 4B
Reference
- MCU HHT : 1.IN/OUT >> 1.1 PIO Input >> PIO Input [0] “RBKI”
Check - Check the car brake state.
Point - Check the "CT51" connector fo TNP board.

F66 MC2 Contactor Off Error (In running)


- No "MC2" contactor input in inspection or auto operation.
State
- Possible to move in any operation.
- Elec.W.diagram : COL 4A
Reference
- MCU HHT : 1.IN/OUT >> 1.1 PIO Input >> PIO Input [0] “MC2I”
- Check the "MCX2" relay of TNP board.
Check
- Check the MC2 contactor and its connection.
Point
- Check the "CT55" connector of TNP board.

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 24 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 Trouble manual
REV.1 2011.12.09
REV.0 2009.11.06
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

TROUBLESHOOTING MANUAL

F76 PDLS Error

- "PDLS" signal of CT54 in TNP board is always on.


State
- Impossible to move in any operation.

- Elec.W.diagram : COL.3B
Reference
- MCU Bd HHT : IN/OUT / PIO Input / PIO Input [1] 의 “PDLS"

Check
- Remove the jumper connector of CT54 in TNP board
Point

F17 ULS/DLS Off Error

- No "ULS/DLS" signal input at the same time


State
- Impossible to move in any operation.

- Elec.W.diagram : COL 3A, 3B


Reference
- MCU HHT : 1.IN/OUT >> 1.1 PIO Input >> PIO Input [0] “ULS, DLS”

- Check the limit switch "ULS, DLS" and its connection.


Check
- Check "CT1", "CT2" connector of TNP board.
Point
- Check the MCU HHT data "PIO Input[0]>>ULS,DLS".

F27 PLU/PLD Off Error

- No "PLU/PLD" signal input at the same time


State
- Impossible to move in any operation.

- Elec.W.diagram : COL 3A, 3B, 10A, 10B


Reference - MCU HHT : 1.IN/OUT >> 1.1 PIO Input >> PIO Input [0]
“PLUL, PLUH, (PLUM), (PLDM), PLDH, PLDL”

- Check the limit switch "PLUL, PLUH, (PLUM), (PLDM), PLDH, PLDL"
Check
and its connection.
Point
- Check "CT1", "CT2" connector of TNP board.

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 25 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 Trouble manual
REV.1 2011.12.09
REV.0 2009.11.06
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

TROUBLESHOOTING MANUAL

F37 Door Zone Sensor Error

① E/L can't be arrived to door zone for 15 seconds after deceleration.


State ② ULA/DLA on, DZ off
③ ULA/DLA off, DZ on

- Elec.W.diagram : COL 4A, 7A


Reference
- MCU HHT : 1.IN/OUT >> 1.1 PIO Input >> PIO Input [2] "ULA, DZ, DLA"
- Check the door zone sensor input "ULA, DZ, DLA" and its connection.
- Check the "T1" harness of TNP board and CCB-7 board.
Check
- Check the door zone vane state.
Point
- Check the inverter errors and HHT floor data.
- Check the "DZ" connection of EPB-100 board. (in case of SSVF7)

F47 Relevel Landing Error

State - Out of door zone in door open relevel landing operation

- Elec.W.diagram : COL 4A
Reference
- MCU HHT : 1.IN/OUT >> 1.1 PIO Input >> PIO Input [2] "ULA, DLA"

- Check the door zone sensor input "ULA, DZ, DLA" and its connection.
- Check the "T1" harness of TNP board and CCB-7 board.
Check
- Check the gap between door zone sensors. (135mm)
Point
- Check the door zone vane and its length. (300mm)
- Check inverter data "PROGRAM>>CONTROL>>RELEVEL RPM".

F57 ULS/DLS Error (In running)

State - "ULS" or "DLS" limit switch activated in running.

- Elec.W.diagram : COL 3A, 3B, 10A, 10B


Reference
- MCU HHT : 1.IN/OUT >> 1.1 PIO Input >> PIO Input [0] "ULS, DLS"

- Check the limit switch "ULS, DLS", its connection and position.
Check
- Check "CT1", "CT2" connector of TNP board.
Point
- Check the MCU HHT data "PIO Input[0]>>ULS,DLS".

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 26 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 Trouble manual
REV.1 2011.12.09
REV.0 2009.11.06
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

TROUBLESHOOTING MANUAL

F67 PLU/PLD Error (Deceleration Fault)

- "PLUL" or "PLDL" limit switch activated in auto operation


State
without deceleration.
- Elec.W.diagram : COL 3A, 3B, 10A, 10B
Reference
- MCU HHT : 1.IN/OUT >> 1.1 PIO Input >> PIO Input [0] "PLUL, PLDL"

- Check the limit switch "PLUL, PLDL" and its position.


Check - Check "CT1", "CT2" connector of TNP board.
Point - Check the inverter errors and floor data. (MONITOR>>FLOOR DATA)
- Do Initializating operation again.

F77 PLUL/PLDL Error (Floor Confirm Error)

- No PLUL switch input at top floor in auto operation.


State
- No PLDL switch input at bottom floor in auto operation.
- Elec.W.diagram : COL 3A, 3B, 10A, 10B
Reference
- MCU HHT : 1.IN/OUT >> 1.1 PIO Input >> PIO Input [0] "PLUL, PLDL"

- Check the limit switch "PLUL, PLDL" and its position.


Check
- Check "CT1", "CT2" connector of TNP board.
Point
- Check the inverter errors and floor data. (MONITOR>>FLOOR DATA)

F87 Door Sensor Detected Error (UPDOOR + 1BC + E/L for Car)

- Detected door sensor "SE, RSE" in auto running.


State
- Impossible to move in any operation.

- Elec.W.diagram : COL 4A
Reference -. MCU Bd HHT : IN/OUT / Car Input / Car Input [0] “SE"
-. MCU Bd HHT : IN/OUT / Car Input / Car Input [2] “RSE"

Check
- Check door sensor signal and line of "SE, RSE".
Point

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 27 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 Trouble manual
REV.1 2011.12.09
REV.0 2009.11.06
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

TROUBLESHOOTING MANUAL
F18 Group Communication Error
① communication error in ring group
State ② GIO board error in duplex group
- both ①,② are possible to move in auto single operation.
- Elec.W.diagram : COL 18A, 18B
- MCU HHT :
Reference
① 3.SETUP>>3.1 Basic>>31b Field>>B23 Group Mode
② 1.IN/OUT >> 1.C Group Output >>C24 GOFLAG[7]>>"0x81"

- Check MCU HHT data.


Check - Check the state whether in auto operation or not.
Point - Check GIO board connection of MCU board.
- Check GIO board LED state. (refer to "STVF7 ADJUSTMENT MANUAL")

F28 RMS Communication Error

- RMS(Remote Monitoring System) communication error


State
- Possible to move in any operation.

- Elec.W.diagram : COL 7B
Reference
- MCU HHT : 3.SETUP>>3.1 Basic>>31b Field>>B22 RMS use>>"Enable"

Check - Check "H1" connector of MCU board.


Point - Check the power supply of RMS board.

F38 RNBL Error

- "RNBL(Run-By-Limit)" switch is activated while E/L is running.


State - F38 occurs → buzzer on
- Possible to move in any operation

- Elec.W.diagram : COL 3B
Reference
- MCU HHT : 1.IN/OUT >> 1.1 PIO Input >> PIO Input [1] "RNBL"

Check - Check the "RNBL" switch connection.


Point - Check the main rope tension.

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 28 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 Trouble manual
REV.1 2011.12.09
REV.0 2009.11.06
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

TROUBLESHOOTING MANUAL

F48 Water Over Error

State - Detected water sensor "WLS" in the pit.(for Lower-Driven MRL)

- Elec.W.diagram : COL 3B
Reference
- MCU Bd HHT : IN/OUT /PIO Input /PIO Input [1] "WLS”

Check
- Check the water sensor "WLS" signal and its lines.
Point

F58 LS Board Communication Error

- LS board communication error in case of "LXVF7, SSVF7"


State
- Possible to move in any operation

- Elec.W.diagram : COL 7A
Reference
- MCU HHT : 3.SETUP>>3.1 Basic>>31a General>>A20 Load Sensor

- Check the LS board connection.


Check
- Check the CAN communication line between OPB and LS board.
Point
- Check the "JU1" jumper pin of OPB board. (short)

F68 Hall Communication Error

- Hall-CAN board communication error


State
- Possible to move in any operation

- Elec.W.diagram : COL 8A, 11A, 11B


Reference
- MCU HHT : 2.ERROR>>2.3Hall Error>> HallErr.1, HallErr.2

- Check MCU HHT : 2.ERROR>>2.3Hall Error>> HallErr.1, HallErr.2


Check - Check the communication line.
Point - Check the Hall-CAN board state and dip switch adjustment.
(refer to "STVF7 ADJUSTMENT MANUAL)

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 29 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 Trouble manual
REV.1 2011.12.09
REV.0 2009.11.06
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

TROUBLESHOOTING MANUAL

F78 MC2 Contactor Error (At starting)

- No "MC2" contactor input at starting in case of SSVF7


State
- Impossible to move in any operation

- Elec.W.diagram : COL 1C, 3C, 4A


Reference - MCU HHT : 1.IN/OUT >> 1.1 PIO Input >> PIO Input [0] "MC2I"
- MCU HHT : 1.IN/OUT >> 1.2 PIO Output >> PIO Output [0] "MC2"
- Check the "MCX2" relay of TNP board.
Check
- Check "MC2" contactor connection.
Point
- Check "CT55" connector of TNP board.

F59 LS Setting Error

- No LS setting in case of LXVF7 and SSVF7


State
- Possible to move in any operation

- Elec.W.diagram : COL 7A
Reference
- MCU HHT : 3.SETUP>>3.1 Basic>>31a General>>A20 Load Sensor

- Do LS board setting according to "STVF7 ADJUSTMENT MANUAL"


① HHT : 20a LS Use → "Enable"
② 20c Sensing Data → 9000~10000 (check LS sensor position)
③ load 0% in cage
④ HHT : 20b Load Setting>>0% "settable"
Check
(check in door zone and inspection switch in Machine room)
Point
⑤ HHT : 0% >> "YES" enter → "waiting"
⑥ 0% setting end (buzzer)
⑦ load 50% in cage
⑧ HHT : 50% >> "settable" → "YES" enter → "waiting"
⑨ 50% setting end (buzzer twice)

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 30 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 Trouble manual
REV.1 2011.12.09
REV.0 2009.11.06
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

TROUBLESHOOTING MANUAL

F69 RTC Error

State - Time Setting fault or time chip fault of MCU board

- MCU Bd HHT : 3. SETUP >> 3.3 Time & Date >> 33a Time set
Reference
- MCU Bd HHT : 3. SETUP >> 3.3 Time & Date >> 33b Date set

Check - Check the mercury cell voltage (DC 3V).


Point - Set the time and date with HHT.

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 31 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
Hyundai Elevator Co., Ltd. STVF7 SYSTEM
File Name :
TITLE
STVF7 Trouble manual
REV.1 2011.12.09
REV.0 2009.11.06
STVF7 SERIES Document Number :

TROUBLESHOOTING MANUAL

Rev. Commemts :

HELCO-C5-003-01 - 32 - A4(210㎜×297㎜)
HIVD900 INVERTER

Electrical control Dept. Kyeong-jun, Kwon


CONTENTS

1. HIVD inverter overview


1 Page 3 ~ 4

2. The main parts of HIVD900 Page 5 ~ 12

3. How to use inverter HHT Page 13 ~ 15

4. Program download method Page 16 ~ 22

5. How to set the U-angle Page 23

6 TTroubleshooting
6. bl h ti P
Page 24 ~ 31

7. The checking items for running Page 32 ~ 35


a elevator properly

8. Q&A

2
Overview
1. The type
yp of HIVD inverter

TYPE CAPACITY[kW] APPLICATION REMARK

700G 11/15/30 G
Geared,
d IM STVF
HIVD700 700SS MRL, SSVF
11/15 Gearless, SM
700GT MR,, LXVF
900G 5.5/7.5/11/15/30 Geared, IM STVF
900SS 5.5/7.5/11/15/22 MRL, SSVF
HIVD900
900GT 5.5/7.5/11/15 Gearless, SM
MR, LXVF
910GT 22/30
HIVD1300 5 5/7 5/11/15
5.5/7.5/11/15 RXVF under 150m/m
RXVF,

HIVD1500(HIVD1000) 30/40 Gearless, SM, HSVF, 180~240m/m


(Power regeneration
HIVD3000 60/75/135 is Ok)) SUVF, 360~600m/m

HIVD5000 405(135 x 3) SUVF, over 750m/m

3
Overview
2. The structure (HIVD900/910)
( / )
CEMENT
CO NDENSER R E S IS T O R

CT3
S E N S IN G

C
BOARD

CT2

CT1
SNUBBER FUSE
CONDENSER
S E N S IN G
BOARD

FUSE IP M D IO D E

CEMENT
R E S IS T O R G ATE
FAN
BOARD

SNUBBER D IO D E F IL M M E T A L C LA D E
CONDENSER C A P A C IT O R R E S IS T O R CONDENSER
C O N D E N SE R

FUSE

CT3
SE N SIN G CT2

CT1
BOARD
SN U B B E R CEMENT
C O N D EN SER R E SISTO R
C E M EN T
R ES ISTO R
D IO D E

IPM FAN
C O N D E N SE R

G A TE
BOARD

D IO D E FILM M E TA L C LA D E
FU SE SN U B B E R C APA C ITO R R E SISTO R
C O N D E N SE R

4
The main parts of HIVD900
1. The main board (HIVD900/910)
( / )

SENSING
INVERTER CAPACITY
RESISTOR

5.5[kW] 30Ω

HIVD900G 7.5 / 30[kW] 15Ω

11 /15[kW] 24Ω

5.5[kW] 30Ω

HIVD900SS/GT 7.5[kW] 15Ω

11 /15[kW] 24Ω

HIVD910GT 22[kW] 15Ω

☞ The sensing resistor should be selected by inverter capacity like the upper table

5
The main parts of HIVD900
2. The SMPS board (HIVD900/910)
( / )

- INV. Main Bd.(+5V, ±15Vdc),


- Gate Bd.(±15Vdc 4채널),
- SCR Turn On 전원(+5V), Encoder
Type Capacity[kW] Model
Power

5.5/7.5/11/15 H9G15IF
900G +15V(3pin)
30 NHM71-400

5.5/7.5/11/15 H9G15SF +5V(2pin)


900SS/GT
/
22/30(910GT) NHM91-400 +5V(2Pin)

※ The power of NHM71-400 Gate board is applied +26V.

6
The main parts of HIVD900
3. The GATE
A board (HIVD900/910)
( / )

Capacity Model 비고

55 7
5.5, 7.5kW
5kW H9G FS Gate Bd.
Bd

11, 15kW H9G FM Gate Bd.

30kW HELCO GATE Bd. Cf)) 700G 30kW

7
The main parts of HIVD900
4. The SENSING
N N board ((HIVD900/910)
/ )

Capacity Model Remark

5.5, 7.5kW H9G SENSING Bd. 50A ,CT, 3EA

11, 15kW H9G SENSING Bd. 100A ,CT, 3EA

30kW ES300C/ABB 300A, CT, 3EA

8
The main parts of HIVD900
5. IPM / IGBT (HIVD900/910)
( / )

9
The main parts of HIVD900
6. FUSE / DIODE ((HIVD900/910)
/ )

Capacity Current

5.5KW 32A

7.5KW 40A

11KW 50A

15KW 80A

30KW 160A

10
The main parts of HIVD900
7. CONDENSER
N N / SNUBBER
N / CAPACITOR
A A (HIVD900/910)
( / )

11
The main parts of HIVD900
8. METAL
A / CEMENT
N RESISTOR,, FAN
AN (HIVD900/910)
( / )

12
The use of inverter HHT
1. HHT basic

LCD DISPLAY
2 x 16 (TOTAL : 32CHARACTERS) - Press to enter sub directory
- Press to save data changed
by UP and DOWN keys.

ESC UP DOWN ENTER

- Press to increase item No


No.
- Press to decrease data.
- Press to enter previous directory
- Press to go out without saving
data changed by UP and DOWN - Press to decrease item No.
keys. - Press to increase data.

01 MO N I T O R
02 P R OGR A M
CURSOR ENTER Display changed data

01 BAS I C 0 8 * A CC
02 I /O 0 . 72 M/ S E C 2

13
The use of inverter HHT
2. HHT MENU
N

14
The use of inverter HHT
3. HHT data initialization

3.1) Data initialization


☆ ☆ When all of the data initialization need ,

1) select PROGRAM/FACTORY/INIT EEPROM


2) set ON as shown in Figure , And then all of the data
in HHT are re-installed
re installed as default data.
data

3.2) Error initialization


☆ ☆ ☆ When the error initialization need,,

1) select PROGRAM/FACTORY/ERROR ERASE.


2) set ‘1’, And then the all of the error messages
in MONITOR/ERROR are erased.

☆☆
1) Inverter program was downloaded.
2) Th
The user wantst tto recover IInverter
t d data
t tto th
the d
default
f lt
☆☆☆
1) The user wants to find the current error among registered error
15
Program download method

1. If the AC source is not input to the inverter, the user is able to download the inverter program by using
download tool with 110~220[Vac] adapter. But the adapter is not necessary, if the AC source is input to the
inverter. Download with download tool after pulling out the CN5, CN2 jack of the main board for the IPM
Protection.
Protection

2. Down Load procedure


Check record data of the table1 on the page No.21 by using HHT.
①. Connect the DSP output jack to the CN9 of the main board as below Figure

<Figure 1> CN9 Connection

16
Program download method
② Jump the JP1 jumper pin to the pin number 2 and 3 of the main board.

<Figure 2> CN9 Connection

③ Push the write button of DSP just one time(download start).

*STAT LED(Green) ON.


<Figure 3> WRITE

17
Program download method
④ State during download

*STAT LED(Green) ON.


*Green LED ON : It indicates the normal state. <Figure 4> STAT
*Red
R d LED ON : It indicates
i di t th the error state
t t

⑤ State when the downloading is finished

*Green LED ON : It indicates the normal state

<Figure 5> completion

18
Program download method
⑥ Push the verify button

* STAT(Green) LED is ON

<Figure 6> Verify

⑦ State when the verification is finished

* Pull
P ll outt th
the DSP d
device
i

<Figure 7> Completion of the


verification

19
Program download method
⑧ Jump the JP1 jumper pin to the pin number 1 and 2 of the main board.

<Fi
<Figure 8> JP1 C
Connection
ti

⑨ Push the reset button of the main board.

⑩ The version error can be occured if the current and previous program version is not same
– Record the current data shown table1.
– Execute
E t th
the INIT EEPROM iin th
the PROGRAM/FACTORY
– Password1 >> 2, Password>> 3
– INIT EEPROM : ON
– Push the reset button of the main board after finishing the INIT EEPROM.
– Check the changed data by using HHT and then change it to the record data.
(cf. Table 1 record data)

⑪ Check the program version.

20
Program download method
Table 1. Record data

MACHINE TYPE RECORD DATA

▷ PROGRAM/MOTOR/ ◁
1.INVERTER SEL, 2.MOTOR SELECT
10.WRPM BASE, 15.JM

▷ PROGRAM/CONTROL/ ◁
1.EL SPEED, 2.MAX RPM
INDUCTION and GEARED 3.LONGRUN RPM, 10.TQ BIAS SELEC
MACHINE 11.TQ BIAS LV 1F, 12.TQ BIAS LV 2F
13.TQ BIAS LV 1R, 14.TQ BIAS LV 2R
17 MIN LENGTH,
17.MIN LENGTH 18.MIN
18 MIN LENGTH S,
S
20.MAX FLOOR, 22.FWD DIRECTION

▷ PROGRAM/FACTORY/ ◁
2.SCALE VDC

21
Program download method

MACHINE TYPE RECORD DATA

▷ PROGRAM/MOTOR/ ◁
1 INVERTER SEL,
1.INVERTER SEL 2.MOTOR
2 MOTOR SELECT
11.KNOW ANGLE 12.U ANGLE
15.JM

▷ PROGRAM/CONTROL/ ◁
1.EL SPEED, 2.MAX RPM
SYNCHRONOUS and
3 LONGRUN RPM,
3.LONGRUN RPM 10.TQ
10 TQ BIAS SELEC
GEARLESS MACHINE
15.TQ BIAS GAIN, 16.TQBIAS OFFSET
17.MIN LENGTH, 18.MIN LENGTH
20 MAX FLOOR,
20.MAX FLOOR 22.FWD
22 FWD DIRECTION
23.DPRAM_TQ USE

▷ PROGRAM/FACTORY/ ◁
2.SCALE VDC

※ Table 1 is the data to check basically, in addition to check all of the data indicating ‘*’ in the 3rd column of
the first line of the HHT.

22
How to set the U-angle
Case setting the U-angle in Field again.
1) When replaced motor or encoder.
2) When over ±5 in running E/L inspection mode.
- This case happens to the slip in running because encoder and motor shaft didn’t attached properly.
※ ROTOR POSITION should
h ld beb in
i ±5 d during
i E/L iinspection
ti operation.
ti

① READY
1) Separate the rope from the machine
machine.
2) The elevator must be able to operate Inspection mode.
3) Select the NO USE for PROGRAM/CONTROL/TQBIAS SELECT
4) Select the proper value in MOTOR/INVERTER SELECT and MOTOR SELECT
5) Check the encoder ppr, and then select FACTORY/MOTOR ENC DIR and MOTOR/PG PULSE properly.
6) Enter 0 in MOTOR/KNOW ANGLE and then push the reset button in main board

② DATA SETTING
7) Run the motor more than 1 revolution to FWD direction.
8) Enter 1 in MOTOR/14.KNOW ANGLE and check whether MOTOR/U ANGLE is input automatically or not.
(Examine if the inner value of the motor terminal matches to this MOTOR/U ANGLE.)
9) Repeat step 6)~8) two more times and then check the same or very little other value.
10) Push the reset button in main board, and then
11) Check the MONITOR/BASIC/ROTOR POSITION when the motor run on the inspection speed.
If the MONITOR/BASIC/ROTOR POSITION exceeds the ±5 , execute the MOTOR U ANGLE SETTING again.
12) Record MOTOR/U ANGLE to be used for the later user.
23
Troubleshooting

※ OVER CURRENT OCCURRENCE (OC


( FAULT)) ※

24
Troubleshooting

※ OVER VOLTAGE / OVER SPEED OCCURRENCE (OV FAULT or OVER SPEED) ※

25
Troubleshooting

※ UNDER VOLTAGE OCCURRENCE (UV FAULT) ※

26
Troubleshooting

※ INVERTER
INV OVER
OV LOAD
LOA OCCURRENCE
OCCU NC (INV OV LOAD)
LOA ) ※

‡1) General overload cause ‡

- The brake is not opened or reached to the motor.

- The counter weight against the seater is more loaded.

- The encoder is not attached correctly.

- The motor is not selected correctly in HHT.

- The U angle is not entered correctly in synchronous motor.

- The Car gets jammed into the rail.

27
Troubleshooting
※ ENCODER FAULT OCCURRENCE (PG BREAK) ※

※ EEPROM FAULT OCCURRENCE (EEPROM ERR) ※


- Exchange the main board of the inverter.

※ IGBT FAULT
A OCCURRENCE
N ((IGBT FAULT)
A )※
- Check the terminals of IPM and the gate board or exchange the inverter.

※ DOUBLE DIRECTION
N FAULT
A OCCURRENCE
N (DOUBLE
( DIR)) ※
- Check the inverter main board , inverter I/O cable or CP board.

28
Troubleshooting
※ VERSION ERR / BRAKE SWITCH FAULT OCCURRENCE (VERSION/BK SW ERR) ※

VERSION ERR

Does the inverter Exchange the inverter


no
program update? main board.

yes

PROGRAM/FACTORY/23.IN
IT EEPROM h
has tto ON
ON.

29
Troubleshooting
※ SPEED DISAGR ERR OCCURRENCE (SPEED DISAGR) ※

‡2) General speed disagreement cause ‡


- The brake is not opened or reached to the motor.
motor
- The encoder breaks down.
- The encoder is not attached correctly.
- The motor is not selected correctly in HHT.
- The U angle is not entered correctly in synchronous motor.
motor
- U, V, W phase connection between the motor and the inverter was not connected correctly .
- The inverter main board is broken.
30
Troubleshooting
※ DLA ERR OCCURRENCE (DLA ERR) ※

‡3) General I/O fault cause ‡

- I/O cable between the inverter and the CP is broken.

- The van sensor or door sensor breaks down.

- CP board, cable related to the van or door sensor is broken.


31
The checking items for running a elevator properly
1) Check the earth connection of the elevator control panel
- Use the standard or more thick than inverter cable

Case 1) A bad connection of the earth cable

Bus bar 1, 2 Building


B ildi earth(X)
h(X)
connection(X) :Less than standard
Inverter earth (O)

Motor earth(X) : Less than standard

32
The checking items for running a elevator properly
2) Check the earth connection of the building
building.
- Use the standard or more thick than inverter cable

Case 2) The earth cable is not connected


connected.

33
The checking items for running a elevator properly
3) Check the cable lug connection
connection.
- Work using the standard lug press tool.

Case 3) The cable lug connection is bad.


bad

34
The checking items for running a elevator properly
4) Check the current using HHT at 0% load
load, down
down, long run speed
- Check MONITOR/BASIC/CURRENT in HHT

If it is over a motor rating current,

- check the items of the general overload cause of the


troubleshooting in page 27.

Motor rating current

35
Thank you.

Hyundai Elevator
for your safety,
safety comfort & green

36

You might also like